1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
22 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
24 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
25 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
26 out locations for types and decls.
27 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
28 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
30 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
31 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
32 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
33 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
36 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
38 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
39 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
40 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
41 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
42 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
44 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
45 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
47 CIE = Common Information Entry
48 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
50 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
52 FDE = Frame Description Entry
53 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
54 how to restore registers
56 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
57 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
61 #include "coretypes.h"
68 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
70 #include "insn-config.h"
78 #include "dwarf2out.h"
79 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
85 #include "diagnostic.h"
88 #include "langhooks.h"
93 #include "tree-pass.h"
95 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
96 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
98 static rtx last_var_location_insn;
101 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
102 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
104 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
105 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
106 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
107 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
108 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
109 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
110 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
111 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
113 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
114 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
117 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
118 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
119 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
120 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
122 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
126 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
127 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
128 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
129 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
130 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
133 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
134 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm = 0;
136 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
140 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
142 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
143 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
144 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
145 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
146 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
147 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO || saved_do_cfi_asm
148 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
149 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
150 && (flag_unwind_tables
151 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)))
156 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
159 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
163 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
166 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm || !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
168 if (saved_do_cfi_asm)
170 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE)
173 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
174 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
175 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
176 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
178 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
179 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
182 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE)
184 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
187 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
192 saved_do_cfi_asm = true;
196 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
198 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
201 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
202 must be kept around forever. */
203 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
205 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
206 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
207 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
209 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
211 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
212 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
213 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
214 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
215 define type declaration DIE's. */
216 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
218 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
219 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
220 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
221 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
222 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
223 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
224 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
225 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
226 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section;
227 static GTY(()) section *debug_dcall_section;
228 static GTY(()) section *debug_vcall_section;
229 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
230 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
231 static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
233 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
235 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality;
237 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
238 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
239 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
242 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
243 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
244 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
246 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
247 Information instructions. The register number, offset
248 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
249 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
251 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
253 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
259 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct {
260 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
261 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
262 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
263 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
267 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct {
268 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
269 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
270 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
272 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
277 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
278 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
279 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
280 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
281 of this structure. */
282 typedef struct GTY(()) cfa_loc {
283 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
284 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
286 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect : 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
287 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use : 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
290 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
291 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
292 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
293 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
294 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
296 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct {
298 const char *dw_fde_begin;
299 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
300 const char *dw_fde_end;
301 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
302 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
303 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
304 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
305 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
306 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
307 unsigned funcdef_number;
308 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment;
309 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
310 unsigned int drap_reg;
311 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
312 unsigned int vdrap_reg;
313 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
314 unsigned nothrow : 1;
315 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
316 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
317 unsigned stack_realign : 1;
318 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
319 unsigned drap_reg_saved: 1;
320 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
321 unsigned in_std_section : 1;
322 /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
323 cold_text_section. */
324 unsigned cold_in_std_section : 1;
325 /* True iff switched sections. */
326 unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections : 1;
327 /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */
328 unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot : 1;
332 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
333 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
335 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
336 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
337 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
338 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
340 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
341 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
344 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
345 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
346 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
349 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
350 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
353 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
355 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
356 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
359 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
360 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
361 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
364 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
365 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
367 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
368 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
371 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
372 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
373 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
375 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
376 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
377 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
378 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
380 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
384 /* CIE identifier. */
385 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
386 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
387 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
389 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
392 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
393 information for each routine. */
394 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
396 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
397 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
399 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
400 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
402 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
404 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
406 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
408 static inline dw_fde_ref
411 return fde_table_in_use ? &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1] : NULL;
414 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
415 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
417 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
418 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
419 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
420 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
421 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
422 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
425 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node {
427 unsigned int refcount;
428 enum dwarf_form form;
432 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
434 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
436 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced = false;
438 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
439 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
441 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
442 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
444 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
446 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used = false;
447 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used = false;
449 /* The default cold text section. */
450 static GTY(()) section *cold_text_section;
452 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
454 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
456 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
457 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
458 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
459 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
460 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
461 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *, dw_cfa_location *);
462 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
463 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
464 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
465 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
467 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
469 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
470 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref);
471 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
472 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
473 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
474 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx);
475 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
477 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
478 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
479 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref);
480 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
481 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
482 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
483 (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
484 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_aligned_loc
485 (HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT);
486 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
488 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
489 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
490 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
493 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
494 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
495 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
497 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
498 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
501 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
502 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
505 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
506 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
509 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
510 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
512 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
513 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
514 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
515 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
516 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
517 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
518 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
519 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
520 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
521 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
523 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
524 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
526 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
528 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
530 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
534 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
535 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
536 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
537 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
540 /* Hook used by __throw. */
543 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
545 unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
546 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1));
549 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
550 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
553 stripattributes (const char *s)
555 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
560 while (*s && *s != ',')
567 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
568 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
571 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mem, unsigned int c)
573 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = c * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
574 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
575 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
578 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
580 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
581 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
583 HOST_WIDE_INT r = off / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
584 gcc_assert (r * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == off);
588 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
589 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
592 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
594 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT < 0 ? off > 0 : off < 0;
597 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
600 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
603 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
604 rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
605 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
606 bool wrote_return_column = false;
608 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
610 int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1);
612 if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
614 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
615 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
618 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
619 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
620 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
622 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
624 wrote_return_column = true;
626 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
630 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
631 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
635 if (!wrote_return_column)
636 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
638 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
639 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
642 targetm.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address);
645 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
648 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
652 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
653 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
655 return "DW_CFA_offset";
657 return "DW_CFA_restore";
661 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
662 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
663 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
664 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
665 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
666 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
667 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
668 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
669 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
670 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
671 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
672 case DW_CFA_undefined:
673 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
674 case DW_CFA_same_value:
675 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
676 case DW_CFA_register:
677 return "DW_CFA_register";
678 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
679 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
680 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
681 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
683 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
684 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
685 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
686 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
687 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
690 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
691 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
692 case DW_CFA_expression:
693 return "DW_CFA_expression";
694 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
695 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
696 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
697 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
698 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
699 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
701 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
702 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
703 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
706 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
707 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
708 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
709 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
710 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
711 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
714 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
718 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
720 static inline dw_cfi_ref
723 dw_cfi_ref cfi = GGC_NEW (dw_cfi_node);
725 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
726 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
727 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
732 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
735 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
738 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
740 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
741 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
742 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
743 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
744 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
745 if (0 && fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
746 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
748 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
750 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
752 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
759 /* Find the end of the chain. */
760 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
766 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
767 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
770 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force)
772 static char label[20];
774 if (!force && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
776 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
777 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
779 strcpy (label, "<do not output>");
783 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
784 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
790 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
791 static bool emit_cfa_remember;
793 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
794 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
797 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
799 dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
801 if (emit_cfa_remember)
803 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember;
805 /* Emit the state save. */
806 emit_cfa_remember = false;
807 cfi_remember = new_cfi ();
808 cfi_remember->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_remember_state;
809 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi_remember);
812 list_head = &cie_cfi_head;
814 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
818 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
820 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
822 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
823 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
824 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
825 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
826 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
827 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
828 if (dwarf_version == 2
829 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
830 && (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
831 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG))
833 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
835 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
836 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
837 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
839 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
840 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
841 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
842 if (*label == 0 || strcmp (label, "<do not output>") == 0)
843 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
845 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
846 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
850 label = xstrdup (label);
852 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
854 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
855 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
856 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
857 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
858 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_set_loc;
859 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
860 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
861 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
869 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
871 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
873 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
874 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
875 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
876 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
877 sure how to address this for now. */
881 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
883 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
886 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
888 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
889 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
893 label = xstrdup (label);
895 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
897 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
898 set the location directly using set_loc. */
899 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = fde->dw_fde_current_label
900 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
902 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
903 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
905 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
908 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
911 add_cfi (list_head, cfi);
914 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
917 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc, dw_cfa_location *remember)
919 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
921 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
923 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
925 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
926 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
929 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
930 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
931 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
933 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
934 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
937 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
938 gcc_assert (!remember->in_use);
940 remember->in_use = 1;
942 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
943 gcc_assert (remember->in_use);
945 remember->in_use = 0;
953 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
956 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
960 dw_cfa_location remember;
962 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
963 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
966 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
967 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
969 fde = current_fde ();
971 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
972 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
975 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
976 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
978 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
980 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
982 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
983 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember;
985 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
986 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
988 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
989 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
991 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
992 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
993 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
996 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1000 loc.base_offset = 0;
1002 loc.offset = offset;
1003 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
1006 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1009 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
1011 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
1012 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
1013 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
1014 && (loc1->indirect == 0
1015 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
1018 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1019 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1022 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
1025 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
1030 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
1031 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
1033 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
1034 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
1036 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1037 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
1042 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
1044 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1045 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1046 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1047 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1049 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
1051 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
1052 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1055 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1056 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
1057 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
1060 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1061 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1062 offset has not changed. */
1063 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
1064 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1068 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
1070 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1071 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1072 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1073 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1076 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
1078 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
1079 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1080 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1084 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1085 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1086 register-offset pair is available. */
1087 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
1089 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
1090 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0);
1091 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
1094 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1097 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1098 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1099 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1100 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1103 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1105 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1106 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
1108 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1110 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1113 && fde->stack_realign
1114 && sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1116 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_expression;
1117 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1118 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc
1119 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset, fde->stack_realignment);
1121 else if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1123 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset))
1124 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
1125 else if (reg & ~0x3f)
1126 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
1128 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
1129 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
1131 else if (sreg == reg)
1132 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
1135 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
1136 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
1139 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1142 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1143 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1144 from the previous frame's window save area.
1146 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1147 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1150 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
1152 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1154 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
1155 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1158 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1159 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1162 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1164 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1167 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1168 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1171 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1173 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1176 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1177 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1180 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
1182 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
1185 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
1186 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1187 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1190 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
1192 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1193 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1195 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1198 /* RA is in a register. */
1199 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
1203 /* RA is on the stack. */
1204 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
1205 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1208 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1213 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1214 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1218 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1219 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1229 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1230 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1231 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1232 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
1233 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1240 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
1241 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
1245 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1248 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1249 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1250 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset)
1252 const_rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
1253 const_rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
1254 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1257 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1259 code = GET_CODE (src);
1261 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1263 if (code == REG && src != stack_pointer_rtx)
1265 offset = -cur_args_size;
1266 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1269 return offset - cur_offset;
1272 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1273 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1274 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
1277 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1278 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1284 if (MEM_P (src) && !MEM_P (dest))
1288 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1289 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1290 code = GET_CODE (src);
1296 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1298 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1299 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1300 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1301 && CONST_INT_P (val));
1302 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1309 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1311 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1318 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1320 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1335 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1336 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1338 static HOST_WIDE_INT *barrier_args_size;
1340 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1342 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1343 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1344 VEC (rtx, heap) **next)
1346 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1349 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1351 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1353 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1354 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), cur_args_size, 0);
1355 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1356 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1358 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1360 for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1361 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1362 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1363 cur_args_size, offset);
1368 rtx expr = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1372 expr = XEXP (expr, 0);
1373 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL
1374 || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1375 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (expr, 0); i++)
1377 rtx elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, i);
1379 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
1380 offset += stack_adjust_offset (elem, cur_args_size, offset);
1385 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1389 cur_args_size += offset;
1390 if (cur_args_size < 0)
1395 rtx dest = JUMP_LABEL (insn);
1399 if (barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] < 0)
1401 barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] = cur_args_size;
1402 VEC_safe_push (rtx, heap, *next, dest);
1407 return cur_args_size;
1410 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1413 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1415 int max_uid = get_max_uid (), i;
1417 VEC (rtx, heap) *worklist, *next, *tmp;
1419 barrier_args_size = XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT, max_uid);
1420 for (i = 0; i < max_uid; i++)
1421 barrier_args_size[i] = -1;
1423 worklist = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1424 next = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1425 insn = get_insns ();
1426 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = 0;
1427 VEC_quick_push (rtx, worklist, insn);
1430 while (!VEC_empty (rtx, worklist))
1432 rtx prev, body, first_insn;
1433 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size;
1435 first_insn = insn = VEC_pop (rtx, worklist);
1436 cur_args_size = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1437 prev = prev_nonnote_insn (insn);
1438 if (prev && BARRIER_P (prev))
1439 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (prev)] = cur_args_size;
1441 for (; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1443 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn) || NOTE_P (insn))
1445 if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1450 if (insn == first_insn)
1452 else if (barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] < 0)
1454 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = cur_args_size;
1459 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1460 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1465 body = PATTERN (insn);
1466 if (GET_CODE (body) == SEQUENCE)
1468 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size = cur_args_size;
1469 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (body, 0); i++)
1470 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0))
1471 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, i)))
1473 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1474 dest_args_size, &next);
1477 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1478 cur_args_size, &next);
1480 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0)))
1481 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1482 dest_args_size, &next);
1485 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1486 cur_args_size, &next);
1490 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn, cur_args_size, &next);
1494 if (VEC_empty (rtx, next))
1497 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1501 VEC_truncate (rtx, next, 0);
1504 VEC_free (rtx, heap, worklist);
1505 VEC_free (rtx, heap, next);
1508 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1509 pushed onto the stack. */
1512 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
1516 if (size == old_args_size)
1519 old_args_size = size;
1522 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
1523 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
1524 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1527 /* Adjust args_size based on stack adjustment OFFSET. */
1530 dwarf2out_args_size_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, const char *label)
1532 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1533 cfa.offset += offset;
1535 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1536 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1538 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1542 args_size += offset;
1546 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1547 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1548 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1551 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1552 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1553 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1556 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1558 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1562 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1563 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1564 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1565 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1566 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1569 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1570 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1571 shouldn't change at all. */
1573 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence, 0, 0))
1574 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn))
1577 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1578 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1579 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1581 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1583 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1584 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1585 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1586 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1587 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1588 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1589 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1590 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1595 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1597 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1598 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1601 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1603 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1604 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1605 if (barrier_args_size == NULL && next_nonnote_insn (insn))
1606 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1607 if (barrier_args_size == NULL)
1611 offset = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1616 offset -= args_size;
1617 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1621 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1622 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), args_size, 0);
1623 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1624 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1626 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1628 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1629 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1630 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1639 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1640 dwarf2out_args_size_adjust (offset, label);
1645 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1646 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1647 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1649 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save {
1650 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1652 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1656 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1658 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1659 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data {
1664 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1665 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1666 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1667 more efficient data structure. */
1668 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1669 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1671 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1672 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1674 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1675 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1678 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1680 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1682 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1683 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1685 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1686 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1691 q = GGC_NEW (struct queued_reg_save);
1692 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1693 queued_reg_saves = q;
1697 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1698 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1700 last_reg_save_label = label;
1703 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1706 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1708 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1710 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1713 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1715 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1716 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1718 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1720 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1721 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1723 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1725 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1726 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1729 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1731 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1733 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1734 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1737 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1738 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1741 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1742 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1743 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1744 have a new location for? */
1747 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn)
1749 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1751 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1754 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1756 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1757 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1758 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1765 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1768 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1771 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1773 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1774 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1776 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1778 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1779 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1781 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1782 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1784 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1785 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1786 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1789 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1792 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1794 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1796 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1798 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1799 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1802 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1803 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1804 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1805 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1811 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1812 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1813 value, not an offset. */
1814 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1816 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1819 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1821 memset (&cfa, 0, sizeof (cfa));
1823 switch (GET_CODE (pat))
1826 cfa.reg = REGNO (XEXP (pat, 0));
1827 cfa.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (pat, 1));
1831 cfa.reg = REGNO (pat);
1835 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1839 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1842 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1845 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1849 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat) == SET);
1850 dest = XEXP (pat, 0);
1851 src = XEXP (pat, 1);
1853 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1856 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1857 cfa.offset -= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1867 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1868 gcc_assert (cfa.indirect == 0);
1870 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1873 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1876 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set, const char *label)
1878 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1879 rtx src, addr, span;
1881 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1882 addr = XEXP (set, 0);
1883 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr));
1884 addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
1886 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1887 switch (GET_CODE (addr))
1890 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr) == cfa.reg);
1891 offset = -cfa.offset;
1894 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1895 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)) - cfa.offset;
1901 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
1903 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1904 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1906 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src)), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1909 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
1910 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
1913 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
1915 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
1917 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
1918 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1920 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
1922 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem)),
1923 INVALID_REGNUM, span_offset);
1924 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
1929 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
1932 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set, const char *label)
1935 unsigned sregno, dregno;
1937 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1938 dest = XEXP (set, 0);
1941 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
1943 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src));
1945 dregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest));
1947 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1948 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1949 reg_save (label, sregno, dregno, 0);
1952 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
1955 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg, const char *label)
1957 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1958 unsigned int regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1960 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = (regno & ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended : DW_CFA_restore);
1961 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = regno;
1963 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1966 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1967 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1968 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1969 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1971 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1972 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1973 users need not read the source code.
1975 The High-Level Picture
1977 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1978 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1979 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1980 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1981 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1983 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1984 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1985 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1986 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1987 saves. This also seems to work.
1989 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1990 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1991 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1992 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1993 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1994 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1995 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1996 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1997 value as in the caller.
1999 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2000 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2001 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2002 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2004 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2007 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2009 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2010 consists of a register and an offset.
2011 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2012 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2013 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2014 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2015 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2016 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2017 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2019 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2020 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2021 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2024 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2025 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2026 and cfa_temp.offset.
2028 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2031 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2032 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2033 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2035 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2036 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2037 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2038 register instead of CFA+offset.
2042 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2043 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2046 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2047 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2048 cfa.offset unchanged
2049 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2050 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2053 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2054 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2055 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2056 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2057 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2058 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2061 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2062 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2063 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2066 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2067 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2069 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2070 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2071 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2074 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2075 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2077 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2078 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2081 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2082 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2083 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2086 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2087 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2088 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2091 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2095 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2096 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2097 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2100 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2101 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2102 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2104 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2107 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2108 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2109 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2111 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2114 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2117 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2118 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2121 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2122 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2123 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2126 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2127 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2128 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2129 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2132 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2133 effects: target-dependent
2136 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2137 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2138 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2139 cfa_store.offset = 0
2140 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2143 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2144 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2147 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2148 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2149 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2150 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2153 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2154 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2156 && cfa.indirect == 0
2157 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2158 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2159 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg
2162 (set reg fde->drap_reg)
2163 constraints: fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM
2164 effects: fde->vdrap_reg = reg.
2165 (set mem fde->drap_reg)
2166 constraints: fde->drap_reg_saved == 1
2170 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
2172 rtx src, dest, span;
2173 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
2176 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2177 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2178 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2179 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2180 flag is set in them. */
2181 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2184 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
2187 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2188 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2189 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2190 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2191 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2192 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL)
2193 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2195 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2196 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2197 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem))
2198 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2199 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2202 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2204 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2205 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2206 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem)) || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2207 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2208 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2209 else if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
2210 && GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2212 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
2214 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2215 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2216 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = stack_adjust_offset (elem, args_size, 0);
2219 dwarf2out_args_size_adjust (offset, label);
2225 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
2227 src = SET_SRC (expr);
2228 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
2232 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
2237 fde = current_fde ();
2241 && fde->drap_reg == REGNO (src)
2242 && (fde->drap_reg_saved
2246 /* If we are saving dynamic realign argument pointer to a
2247 register, the destination is virtual dynamic realign
2248 argument pointer. It may be used to access argument. */
2251 gcc_assert (fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM);
2252 fde->vdrap_reg = REGNO (dest);
2257 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
2260 switch (GET_CODE (src))
2262 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2264 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
2267 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2268 relative to the current CFA register.
2270 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2271 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2272 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2273 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2274 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2275 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2276 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2280 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2281 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
2282 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2283 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
2284 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
2286 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2287 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2288 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2289 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2291 && fde->stack_realign
2292 && REGNO (src) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2293 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2294 && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM
2295 && cfa.reg != REGNO (src));
2297 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
2304 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
2308 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
2311 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2314 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
2316 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
2322 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2324 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2325 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2326 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2328 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
2329 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2332 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
2334 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2336 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2337 cfa.offset += offset;
2338 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2339 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2341 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2344 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2345 or adjusting the FP */
2346 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
2348 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2349 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2350 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2351 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2352 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2354 cfa.offset += offset;
2355 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2359 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
2362 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2363 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2364 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2366 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2367 into the FP later on. */
2368 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2369 cfa.offset += offset;
2370 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2371 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2372 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2373 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2377 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2378 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2379 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2381 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2382 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2383 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2384 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
2385 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
2389 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
2390 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2392 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2393 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2402 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2403 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
2408 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2409 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2410 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2412 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
2413 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2414 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2417 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2418 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2425 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
2426 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
2427 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
2432 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2433 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2435 if (fde && XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2437 gcc_assert (cfa_store.reg == REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)));
2438 fde->stack_realign = 1;
2439 fde->stack_realignment = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2440 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2442 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2443 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2444 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg;
2452 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2457 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2459 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
2464 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2465 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
2467 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
2469 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2470 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2472 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2473 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2474 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2476 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2482 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2483 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
2486 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0))
2487 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2488 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2490 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2492 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2493 reference to represent the address of the stored
2496 && fde->stack_realign
2497 && src == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2499 gcc_assert (cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2500 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2503 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2504 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2506 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2510 /* With an offset. */
2517 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1))
2518 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2519 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
2520 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
2523 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
2525 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2526 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
2529 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2530 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
2536 /* Without an offset. */
2539 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
2541 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2542 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2545 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2546 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2553 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
2554 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2555 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2556 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2564 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2565 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2566 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2570 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2571 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2572 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
2574 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2576 if (cfa.offset == 0)
2579 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2580 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2581 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2582 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2585 && fde->stack_realign
2586 && cfa.indirect == 0
2587 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2589 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp;
2591 gcc_assert (fde->drap_reg == cfa.reg);
2593 cfa_exp.indirect = 1;
2594 cfa_exp.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2595 cfa_exp.base_offset = offset;
2598 fde->drap_reg_saved = 1;
2600 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa_exp);
2604 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2605 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2607 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2608 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
2613 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2614 calculate the CFA. */
2615 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
2619 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
2621 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
2622 cfa.base_offset = offset;
2624 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2629 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2631 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
2634 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
2637 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2638 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2642 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
2644 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
2646 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
2647 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2649 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
2651 queue_reg_save (label, elem, NULL_RTX, span_offset);
2652 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
2663 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2664 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2665 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2667 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2668 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2671 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
2675 bool handled_one = false;
2677 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
2681 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2682 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2684 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2687 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
2689 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2692 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
2694 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
2696 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
2697 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
2699 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
2701 if (barrier_args_size)
2703 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size);
2704 barrier_args_size = NULL;
2709 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
2710 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2712 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
2714 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
2715 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
2719 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2721 for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
2722 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note))
2724 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR:
2725 insn = XEXP (note, 0);
2728 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA:
2729 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note, 0), label);
2733 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA:
2738 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2739 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2741 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n, label);
2745 case REG_CFA_OFFSET:
2748 n = single_set (insn);
2749 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n, label);
2753 case REG_CFA_REGISTER:
2758 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2759 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2761 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n, label);
2765 case REG_CFA_RESTORE:
2770 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2771 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2774 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n, label);
2784 insn = PATTERN (insn);
2786 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
2789 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2790 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2791 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2792 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2795 dwarf2out_begin_epilogue (rtx insn)
2797 bool saw_frp = false;
2800 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2801 frame related insns. */
2802 for (i = NEXT_INSN (insn); i ; i = NEXT_INSN (i))
2807 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2808 if (returnjump_p (i))
2810 if (CALL_P (i) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i))
2813 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i)) == SEQUENCE)
2816 rtx seq = PATTERN (i);
2818 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2820 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0))
2821 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2824 for (idx = 0; idx < XVECLEN (seq, 0); idx++)
2825 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, idx)))
2829 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i))
2833 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2834 save/restore pair. */
2838 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2839 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2840 gcc_assert (i != NULL);
2841 i = next_real_insn (i);
2845 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
2846 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
2847 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
2848 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
2851 rtx p = PREV_INSN (i);
2854 if (NOTE_KIND (p) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK)
2858 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE, i);
2860 emit_cfa_remember = true;
2862 /* And emulate the state save. */
2863 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember.in_use);
2865 cfa_remember.in_use = 1;
2868 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore required. */
2871 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
2873 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
2874 const char *label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2876 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_restore_state;
2877 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
2879 gcc_assert (cfa_remember.in_use);
2881 cfa_remember.in_use = 0;
2886 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
2887 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
2888 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2890 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2891 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2896 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2897 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
2898 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
2899 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2901 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2902 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2903 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2904 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2905 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2906 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
2909 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2910 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2911 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2912 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2913 case DW_CFA_restore:
2914 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2915 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2916 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2917 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2918 case DW_CFA_register:
2919 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2921 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2922 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2923 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2924 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2926 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2927 case DW_CFA_expression:
2928 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2935 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
2936 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
2937 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2939 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2940 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2944 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2945 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2947 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2948 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2949 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2951 case DW_CFA_register:
2952 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2955 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2959 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2961 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2962 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
2963 for collect2 the first time around. */
2966 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back)
2970 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2971 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
2975 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
2981 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2983 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2985 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2987 flags = ((! flag_pic
2988 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2989 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2990 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2991 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2992 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2993 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
2994 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
2997 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2998 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
3002 if (eh_frame_section)
3003 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
3006 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3007 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3008 switch_to_section (data_section);
3012 label = get_file_function_name ("F");
3013 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3014 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
3015 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3016 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3021 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3025 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh, bool back)
3028 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back);
3031 if (!debug_frame_section)
3032 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
3033 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
3034 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
3038 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3041 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
3046 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
3047 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
3048 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
3049 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
3050 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
3051 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset));
3052 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
3054 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3055 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3056 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
3057 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3058 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3060 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
3062 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3063 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3064 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
3068 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
3069 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
3071 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3073 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3075 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3076 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3077 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
3080 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3081 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
3082 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3085 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3086 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3087 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3088 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3091 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3092 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3093 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3094 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3097 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3098 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3099 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3100 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3103 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3104 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3105 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3106 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3109 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3110 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3111 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3112 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3113 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3116 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3117 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3118 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3119 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3122 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3123 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3124 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3125 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3126 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3129 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3130 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3131 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3132 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3133 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3136 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3137 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3138 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3139 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3140 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3141 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3144 case DW_CFA_register:
3145 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3146 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3147 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3148 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3151 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3152 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3153 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3156 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3157 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3158 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3161 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3164 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3165 case DW_CFA_expression:
3166 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
3169 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3170 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3179 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3182 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3184 unsigned long r, r2;
3186 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3188 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3189 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3190 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3191 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3192 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3193 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3194 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3195 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3196 going to take care of this for us. */
3200 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3201 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3202 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3203 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3204 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3207 case DW_CFA_restore:
3208 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3209 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3210 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r);
3213 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3214 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3215 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r);
3218 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3219 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3220 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r);
3223 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3224 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3225 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3226 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3227 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3230 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3231 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3232 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r);
3235 case DW_CFA_register:
3236 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3237 r2 = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3238 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r, r2);
3241 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3242 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3243 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3244 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3245 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3248 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3249 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3251 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
3252 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3255 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3256 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size);
3257 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3259 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
3260 ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3261 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3264 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3265 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3268 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3269 case DW_CFA_expression:
3270 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", cfi->dw_cfi_opc);
3271 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi);
3272 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3280 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref);
3281 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref, heap);
3283 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3284 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3285 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3286 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3289 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi, bool do_cfi_asm, dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh)
3291 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf;
3293 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size = NULL, cfi_cfa = NULL, cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3294 VEC (dw_cfi_ref, heap) *regs = VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref, heap, 32);
3295 unsigned int len, idx;
3297 for (;; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3298 switch (cfi ? cfi->dw_cfi_opc : DW_CFA_nop)
3300 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3301 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3302 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3303 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3304 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3305 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3306 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3308 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3310 dw_cfi_ref args_size = cfi_args_size;
3312 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3313 .cfi_restore_state. */
3314 for (cfi2 = cfi->dw_cfi_next; cfi2; cfi2 = cfi2->dw_cfi_next)
3315 if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore_state)
3317 else if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_GNU_args_size)
3320 gcc_assert (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_remember_state);
3327 cfi_args_size = args_size;
3331 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3332 cfi_args_size = cfi;
3334 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3337 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3338 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3339 case DW_CFA_restore:
3340 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3341 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3342 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3343 case DW_CFA_register:
3344 case DW_CFA_val_offset:
3345 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf:
3346 case DW_CFA_expression:
3347 case DW_CFA_val_expression:
3348 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3349 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs) <= cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num)
3350 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs,
3351 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num + 1);
3352 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, cfi);
3354 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3355 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3356 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3358 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3360 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3363 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3364 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3365 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3368 gcc_assert (cfi == NULL);
3370 len = VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs);
3371 for (idx = 0; idx < len; idx++)
3373 cfi2 = VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, idx, NULL);
3375 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore
3376 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore_extended)
3379 output_cfi_directive (cfi2);
3381 output_cfi (cfi2, fde, for_eh);
3384 if (cfi_cfa && cfi_cfa_offset && cfi_cfa_offset != cfi_cfa)
3386 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression);
3388 switch (cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc)
3390 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3391 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
3392 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3394 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3395 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
3396 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3398 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3399 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3400 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc;
3401 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd2;
3408 else if (cfi_cfa_offset)
3409 cfi_cfa = cfi_cfa_offset;
3413 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa);
3415 output_cfi (cfi_cfa, fde, for_eh);
3418 cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3420 && cfi_args_size->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset)
3423 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size);
3425 output_cfi (cfi_args_size, fde, for_eh);
3427 cfi_args_size = NULL;
3430 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs);
3433 else if (do_cfi_asm)
3434 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
3436 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3443 /* Output one FDE. */
3446 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh, bool second,
3447 char *section_start_label, int fde_encoding, char *augmentation,
3448 bool any_lsda_needed, int lsda_encoding)
3450 const char *begin, *end;
3451 static unsigned int j;
3452 char l1[20], l2[20];
3455 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh,
3457 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL,
3459 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3460 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3461 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3462 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3463 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3464 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3466 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3469 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
3471 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
3472 debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
3474 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3476 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3477 end = fde->dw_fde_end;
3481 /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
3482 dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
3483 might be separated from the real start of the
3484 function by alignment padding. */
3486 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3487 else if (fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3488 begin = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label;
3490 begin = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
3491 if (second ^ fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3492 end = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
3494 end = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
3499 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, begin);
3500 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3501 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref, false,
3502 "FDE initial location");
3503 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
3504 end, begin, "FDE address range");
3508 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, begin, "FDE initial location");
3509 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, end, begin, "FDE address range");
3512 if (augmentation[0])
3514 if (any_lsda_needed)
3516 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
3518 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3520 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3521 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3522 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
3523 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3524 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3527 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
3530 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
3532 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3534 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3535 fde->funcdef_number);
3536 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding,
3537 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
3539 "Language Specific Data Area");
3543 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3544 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3545 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
3546 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3550 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3553 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3555 fde->dw_fde_current_label = begin;
3556 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3557 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3558 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3561 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3562 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3564 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3565 if (cfi == fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3571 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
3573 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3575 cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next;
3576 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
3577 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, false, fde, for_eh);
3578 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = cfi_next;
3580 for (cfi = cfi_next; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3581 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3584 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3585 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3586 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3587 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3588 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3590 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3591 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3592 switch *back* into the table section. */
3593 switch_to_section (function_section (fde->decl));
3594 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label);
3595 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, true);
3598 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3599 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3600 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
3601 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3606 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3607 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3608 location of saved registers. */
3611 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
3616 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
3617 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
3618 char augmentation[6];
3619 int augmentation_size;
3620 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3621 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3622 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3624 rtx personality = NULL;
3627 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3628 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
3631 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3632 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3635 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
3636 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
3637 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
3638 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
3639 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
3640 specialization doesn't. */
3641 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
3642 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
3645 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3646 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3647 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
3648 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3649 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
3650 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
3652 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
3653 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
3654 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
3655 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
3658 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
3660 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3661 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
3662 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
3663 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3664 any_eh_needed = true;
3665 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
3666 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3667 any_eh_needed = true;
3669 if (! any_eh_needed)
3673 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3677 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3678 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, false);
3680 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
3681 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
3683 /* Output the CIE. */
3684 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
3685 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
3686 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3687 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3688 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3689 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3690 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3691 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3693 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3694 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3695 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
3696 (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
3697 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3699 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3700 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3701 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3702 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
3704 if (return_reg >= 256 || dwarf_version > 2)
3706 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version, "CIE Version");
3708 augmentation[0] = 0;
3709 augmentation_size = 0;
3711 personality = current_unit_personality;
3717 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3718 augmentation section.
3719 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3720 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3721 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3723 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3724 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3726 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3727 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3728 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3730 p = augmentation + 1;
3734 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
3735 assemble_external_libcall (personality);
3737 if (any_lsda_needed)
3740 augmentation_size += 1;
3742 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3745 augmentation_size += 1;
3747 if (p > augmentation + 1)
3749 augmentation[0] = 'z';
3753 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3754 if (personality && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3756 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3758 + 1 /* CIE version */
3759 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3760 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3761 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
3763 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3764 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3765 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3767 augmentation_size += pad;
3769 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3770 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3771 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
3775 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3776 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3777 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
3778 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3780 if (dw_cie_version == 1)
3781 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3783 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3785 if (augmentation[0])
3787 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
3790 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
3791 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
3792 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
3797 if (any_lsda_needed)
3798 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3799 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
3801 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3802 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3803 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
3806 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3807 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
3809 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3810 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3811 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
3812 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3814 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3815 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3818 fde = &fde_table[i];
3820 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3821 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
3822 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3823 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3824 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3827 for (k = 0; k < (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections ? 2 : 1); k++)
3828 output_fde (fde, for_eh, k, section_start_label, fde_encoding,
3829 augmentation, any_lsda_needed, lsda_encoding);
3832 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
3833 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3834 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3835 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3836 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3837 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
3840 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
3845 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
3848 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second)
3852 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
3854 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3858 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3861 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
3862 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
3863 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
3864 of the weirder relocation types. */
3865 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3866 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3868 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_personality 0x%x,", enc);
3869 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3870 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3873 if (crtl->uses_eh_lsda)
3877 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3878 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3879 current_function_funcdef_no);
3880 ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, lab);
3881 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3883 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3884 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3886 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_lsda 0x%x,", enc);
3887 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3888 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3892 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
3896 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3897 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3899 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3904 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
3906 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3907 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
3908 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
3910 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
3911 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3914 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3918 fnsec = function_section (current_function_decl);
3919 switch_to_section (fnsec);
3920 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3921 current_function_funcdef_no);
3922 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3923 current_function_funcdef_no);
3924 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
3925 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
3927 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3928 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
3929 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3933 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
3934 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
3936 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
3937 fde_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node, fde_table, fde_table_allocated);
3938 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
3939 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
3942 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
3943 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
3945 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
3946 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
3947 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
3948 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
3949 fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
3950 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
3951 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
3952 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
3953 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
3954 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 0;
3955 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = 0;
3956 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
3957 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
3958 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = NULL;
3959 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
3960 fde->nothrow = crtl->nothrow;
3961 fde->uses_eh_lsda = crtl->uses_eh_lsda;
3962 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
3963 fde->drap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3964 fde->vdrap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3965 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
3967 section *unlikelysec;
3968 if (first_function_block_is_cold)
3969 fde->in_std_section = 1;
3972 = (fnsec == text_section
3973 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3974 unlikelysec = unlikely_text_section ();
3975 fde->cold_in_std_section
3976 = (unlikelysec == text_section
3977 || (cold_text_section && unlikelysec == cold_text_section));
3982 = (fnsec == text_section
3983 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3984 fde->cold_in_std_section = 0;
3987 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
3989 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
3990 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
3991 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3993 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file, 0, true);
3996 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3997 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
4000 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
4001 if (!current_unit_personality)
4002 current_unit_personality = personality;
4004 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4005 asm at the point where we emit the CFI data there is no current
4006 function anymore. */
4008 && current_unit_personality != personality)
4009 sorry ("Multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4010 "supporting .cfi.personality directive.");
4014 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4015 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4019 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4020 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4023 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4025 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4026 last_var_location_insn = NULL_RTX;
4029 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4030 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4032 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4034 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
4035 current_function_funcdef_no);
4036 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
4037 fde = current_fde ();
4038 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
4039 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
4043 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4045 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4046 fde_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_fde_node, FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
4047 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4048 fde_table_in_use = 0;
4050 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4051 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4053 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4054 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
4056 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
4057 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4058 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
4063 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4065 /* Output call frame information. */
4066 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4067 output_call_frame_info (0);
4069 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
4070 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4071 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
4072 output_call_frame_info (1);
4076 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4079 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4081 section *sec = current_function_section ();
4082 if (sec == text_section)
4083 text_section_used = true;
4084 else if (sec == cold_text_section)
4085 cold_text_section_used = true;
4089 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4091 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
4093 gcc_assert (cfun && fde && !fde->dw_fde_switched_sections);
4095 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 1;
4096 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = !in_cold_section_p;
4098 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_label;
4099 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
4100 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
4101 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
4102 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
4104 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4105 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4106 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
4108 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4109 if (cold_text_section != NULL)
4110 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4112 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4113 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4115 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4116 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
4118 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4120 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4121 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4123 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, true, fde, true);
4127 dw_cfi_ref cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4129 cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4131 while (cfi->dw_cfi_next != NULL)
4132 cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next;
4133 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = cfi;
4138 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4139 for emitting location expressions. */
4141 /* Data about a single source file. */
4142 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data {
4143 const char * filename;
4147 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
4148 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
4149 typedef const struct die_struct *const_dw_die_ref;
4150 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
4151 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
4153 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4157 } deferred_locations;
4159 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations);
4160 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations,gc);
4162 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations, gc) *deferred_locations_list;
4164 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref);
4165 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref,heap);
4167 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4168 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4169 implementation are listed below. */
4174 dw_val_class_offset,
4176 dw_val_class_loc_list,
4177 dw_val_class_range_list,
4179 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
4180 dw_val_class_const_double,
4183 dw_val_class_die_ref,
4184 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
4185 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
4186 dw_val_class_lineptr,
4188 dw_val_class_macptr,
4193 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4195 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct {
4196 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
4202 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4203 represented internally. */
4205 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct {
4206 enum dw_val_class val_class;
4207 union dw_val_struct_union
4209 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
4210 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
4211 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
4212 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
4213 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
4214 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
4215 double_int GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double;
4216 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
4217 struct dw_val_die_union
4221 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
4222 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
4223 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
4224 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
4225 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
4226 struct dwarf_file_data * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file;
4227 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8[8];
4229 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
4233 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4236 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct {
4237 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
4238 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom) dw_loc_opc : 8;
4239 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4240 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4241 unsigned int dtprel : 1;
4243 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
4244 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
4248 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4249 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4250 their entire life. */
4251 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct {
4252 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
4253 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
4254 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
4255 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4256 Only on head of list */
4257 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4258 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
4261 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
4263 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4265 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4268 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
4273 return "DW_OP_addr";
4275 return "DW_OP_deref";
4277 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4279 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4281 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4283 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4285 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4287 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4289 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4291 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4293 return "DW_OP_constu";
4295 return "DW_OP_consts";
4299 return "DW_OP_drop";
4301 return "DW_OP_over";
4303 return "DW_OP_pick";
4305 return "DW_OP_swap";
4309 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4317 return "DW_OP_minus";
4329 return "DW_OP_plus";
4330 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4331 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4337 return "DW_OP_shra";
4355 return "DW_OP_skip";
4357 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4359 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4361 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4363 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4365 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4367 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4369 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4371 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4373 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4375 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4377 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4379 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4381 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4383 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4385 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4387 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4389 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4391 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4393 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4395 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4397 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4399 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4401 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4403 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4405 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4407 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4409 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4411 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4413 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4415 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4417 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4419 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4421 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4423 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4425 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4427 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4429 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4431 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4433 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4435 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4437 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4439 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4441 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4443 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4445 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4447 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4449 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4451 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4453 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4455 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4457 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4459 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4461 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4463 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4465 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4467 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4469 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4471 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4473 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4475 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4477 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4479 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4481 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4483 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4485 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4487 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4489 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4491 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4493 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4495 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4497 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4499 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4501 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4503 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4505 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4507 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4509 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4511 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4513 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4515 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4517 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4519 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4521 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4523 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4525 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4527 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4529 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4531 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4533 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4535 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4537 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4539 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4541 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4543 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4545 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4547 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4549 return "DW_OP_regx";
4551 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4553 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4555 return "DW_OP_piece";
4556 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4557 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4558 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4559 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4563 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
4564 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4566 return "DW_OP_call2";
4568 return "DW_OP_call4";
4569 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4570 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4571 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4572 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4573 case DW_OP_stack_value:
4574 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4575 case DW_OP_form_tls_address:
4576 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4577 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa:
4578 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4579 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
4580 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4582 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
4583 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4584 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit:
4585 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4586 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr:
4587 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4590 return "OP_<unknown>";
4594 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4595 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4596 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4598 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4599 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
4600 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
4602 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
4604 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
4605 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4606 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
4607 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4608 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
4613 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4616 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4617 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4620 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + reg),
4623 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
4626 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4629 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
4631 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
4633 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4634 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
4640 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4643 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4645 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4648 gcc_assert (*list_head != NULL);
4653 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4654 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
4658 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg
4659 || (loc->dw_loc_opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && loc->dw_loc_opc <= DW_OP_breg31))
4660 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
4661 else if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bregx)
4662 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
4664 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4665 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4667 && ((offset > 0 && *p <= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)
4668 || (offset < 0 && *p >= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)))
4671 else if (offset > 0)
4672 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
4676 loc->dw_loc_next = int_loc_descriptor (offset);
4677 add_loc_descr (&loc->dw_loc_next, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
4681 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4682 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4685 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4688 for (d = list_head; d != NULL; d = d->dw_loc_next)
4689 loc_descr_plus_const (&d->expr, offset);
4693 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4695 static unsigned long
4696 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4698 unsigned long size = 1;
4700 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4703 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4722 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4725 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4730 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4731 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4769 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4772 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4775 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4778 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4779 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
4782 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4784 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4785 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4794 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4795 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4797 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4798 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
4799 + loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
4808 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
4810 static unsigned long
4811 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4816 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
4817 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
4818 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4820 if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra)
4822 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4827 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4829 l->dw_loc_addr = size;
4830 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4836 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4837 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4840 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
4843 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4845 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
4846 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
4848 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4850 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4853 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4857 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4861 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
4862 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4869 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
4870 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
4872 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
4875 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4876 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4877 switch (val2->val_class)
4879 case dw_val_class_const:
4880 dw2_asm_output_data (val1->v.val_unsigned, val2->v.val_int, NULL);
4882 case dw_val_class_vec:
4884 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
4885 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
4889 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
4894 for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array;
4897 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
4898 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
4901 case dw_val_class_const_double:
4903 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
4905 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
4907 first = val2->v.val_double.high;
4908 second = val2->v.val_double.low;
4912 first = val2->v.val_double.low;
4913 second = val2->v.val_double.high;
4915 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4917 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4921 case dw_val_class_addr:
4922 gcc_assert (val1->v.val_unsigned == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
4923 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val2->v.val_addr, NULL);
4938 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4939 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
4940 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
4941 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
4942 only doing unwinding. */
4947 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4950 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4953 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4956 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4958 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4959 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4993 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4996 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4999 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5002 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5003 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
5006 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5008 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5009 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5010 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5016 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
5018 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
5021 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5028 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5029 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
5037 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5042 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
5045 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5047 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5049 /* Output the opcode. */
5050 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
5051 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
5053 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5054 output_loc_operands (loc);
5058 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5059 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5062 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5064 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
5065 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
5067 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
5070 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
5071 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5077 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5078 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5079 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5080 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1->v.val_int);
5085 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5086 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1->v.val_int);
5091 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5092 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1->v.val_int);
5097 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
5098 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5099 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1->v.val_int);
5107 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
5108 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
5110 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5111 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset);
5116 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5119 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5120 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5157 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5158 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1->v.val_int);
5162 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5163 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5164 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5165 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2->v.val_int);
5169 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5175 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5179 /* Output the opcode. */
5180 fprintf (asm_out_file, "0x%x", loc->dw_loc_opc);
5181 output_loc_operands_raw (loc);
5183 if (!loc->dw_loc_next)
5185 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
5187 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5191 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5192 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5195 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5197 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5200 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5201 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
5203 /* Output the size of the block. */
5204 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5205 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5206 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
5208 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5209 output_loc_sequence (loc);
5212 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5215 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5217 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5220 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5221 fprintf (asm_out_file, "0x%x,", cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num);
5223 /* Output the size of the block. */
5224 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5225 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5226 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size);
5227 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5229 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5230 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc);
5233 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5234 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5237 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5238 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5240 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
5242 offset += cfa->offset;
5246 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
5247 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
5248 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
5249 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5252 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
5253 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5257 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, offset);
5262 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5263 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5266 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5267 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment)
5269 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head;
5270 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5271 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
5273 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5274 if (cfa.reg == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && cfa.indirect == 0)
5276 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, 0);
5277 add_loc_descr (&head, int_loc_descriptor (alignment));
5278 add_loc_descr (&head, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
5279 loc_descr_plus_const (&head, offset);
5282 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, offset);
5286 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5287 descriptor sequence. */
5290 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
5292 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
5294 cfa->base_offset = 0;
5298 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
5300 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
5336 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
5339 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5373 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
5374 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5377 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5378 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
5383 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5384 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
5387 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5388 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
5392 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
5394 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5395 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5397 /* .debug_str support. */
5398 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5400 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5401 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5402 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5403 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5404 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5405 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5406 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5407 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5408 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5409 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree);
5410 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
5411 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
5412 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree, tree, bool);
5413 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree, tree, tree,
5415 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
5416 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
5417 static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree);
5418 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree, int);
5419 static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx, rtx);
5420 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int);
5421 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
5422 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree, tree);
5424 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5426 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
5430 dwarf2out_assembly_start,
5433 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
5434 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
5435 dwarf2out_begin_block,
5436 dwarf2out_end_block,
5437 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
5438 dwarf2out_source_line,
5439 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
5440 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
5441 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
5442 dwarf2out_begin_function,
5443 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
5444 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
5445 dwarf2out_global_decl,
5446 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
5447 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
5448 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
5449 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5450 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5451 something tries to reference them. */
5452 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
5453 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
5454 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
5455 dwarf2out_var_location,
5456 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
5457 dwarf2out_direct_call,
5458 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token,
5459 dwarf2out_copy_call_info,
5460 dwarf2out_virtual_call,
5462 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
5466 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5467 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5468 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5470 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5471 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5472 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5473 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5475 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5476 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5478 typedef long int dw_offset;
5480 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5482 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
5483 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
5484 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
5485 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
5486 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
5487 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct *dw_ranges_by_label_ref;
5488 typedef struct comdat_type_struct *comdat_type_node_ref;
5490 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5491 line number associated with the label generated for that
5492 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
5493 the line number entry. */
5495 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct {
5496 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5497 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5501 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5503 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct {
5504 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5505 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5506 unsigned long function;
5508 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
5510 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5511 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5512 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5514 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct {
5515 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
5516 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
5520 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node);
5521 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc);
5523 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5524 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5525 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5527 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct {
5528 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
5529 union die_symbol_or_type_node
5531 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol;
5532 comdat_type_node_ref GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node;
5534 GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id;
5535 VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
5536 dw_die_ref die_parent;
5537 dw_die_ref die_child;
5539 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5540 dw_offset die_offset;
5541 unsigned long die_abbrev;
5543 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5544 int die_perennial_p;
5545 unsigned int decl_id;
5549 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5550 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5551 c = die->die_child; \
5555 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5558 /* The pubname structure */
5560 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct {
5566 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry);
5567 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry, gc);
5569 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct {
5570 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5571 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5575 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct {
5580 /* The comdat type node structure. */
5581 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5583 dw_die_ref root_die;
5584 dw_die_ref type_die;
5585 char signature[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE];
5586 struct comdat_type_struct *next;
5590 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5591 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct {
5594 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
5598 typedef struct GTY(()) skeleton_chain_struct
5602 struct skeleton_chain_struct *parent;
5604 skeleton_chain_node;
5606 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
5607 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5608 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5611 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5612 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5614 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5615 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5616 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5617 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5618 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5619 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
5621 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
5622 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
5623 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
5624 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
5625 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
5626 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
5627 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
5628 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5629 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
5630 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5632 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5633 language, and compiler version. */
5635 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
5636 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5637 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5639 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
5640 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5641 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
5642 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
5644 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
5645 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
5647 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
5648 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
5649 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5650 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5651 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
5653 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
5654 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
5655 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
5656 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5657 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5658 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
5660 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
5661 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
5662 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
5663 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
5665 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
5669 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
5670 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
5671 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
5673 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
5674 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
5676 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
5677 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
5679 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
5680 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
5681 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
5682 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
5683 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
5685 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5686 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
5687 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
5688 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
5691 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
5692 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
5694 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
5695 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node *comdat_type_list;
5697 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
5698 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
5700 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
5701 DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are
5703 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *deferred_asm_name;
5705 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
5706 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table;
5708 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
5709 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
5710 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
5712 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
5713 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
5714 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t common_block_die_table;
5716 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct {
5721 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry);
5722 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry,gc);
5724 /* Node of the variable location list. */
5725 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node {
5726 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
5727 const char * GTY (()) label;
5728 const char * GTY (()) section_label;
5729 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
5732 /* Variable location list. */
5733 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def {
5734 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
5736 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
5737 it is marked through the chain. */
5738 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
5740 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
5741 unsigned int decl_id;
5743 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
5746 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
5747 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
5749 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
5750 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
5751 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
5752 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
5753 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
5755 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
5756 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
5758 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
5759 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
5761 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5762 abbrev_die_table. */
5763 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
5765 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5766 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
5767 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
5768 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
5770 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
5771 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
5773 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
5774 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
5776 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5777 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
5778 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
5779 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
5781 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
5782 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
5784 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
5785 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
5787 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5789 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
5791 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5792 accessible names. */
5793 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubname_table;
5795 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5796 accessible types. */
5797 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubtype_table;
5799 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
5800 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
5802 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
5803 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
5805 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
5806 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
5808 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5810 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5812 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
5813 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
5815 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
5816 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
5818 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
5819 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
5821 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
5822 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
5823 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label;
5825 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
5826 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated;
5828 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
5829 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use;
5831 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5833 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5835 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
5836 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
5838 /* Unique label counter. */
5839 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
5841 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
5842 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num;
5844 /* The direct call table structure. */
5846 typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct {
5847 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5849 dw_die_ref targ_die;
5853 DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry);
5854 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry, gc);
5856 /* The virtual call table structure. */
5858 typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct {
5859 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5860 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5864 DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry);
5865 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry, gc);
5867 /* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */
5868 static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry, gc) * dcall_table = NULL;
5869 static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry, gc) * vcall_table = NULL;
5871 /* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
5873 struct GTY (()) vcall_insn {
5875 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5878 static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn))) htab_t vcall_insn_table;
5880 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5881 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
5882 static int current_function_has_inlines;
5884 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
5885 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
5888 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
5889 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file;
5891 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
5892 static GTY(()) int label_num;
5894 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
5895 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup;
5897 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry,gc) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table;
5899 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5901 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
5902 within the current function. */
5903 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
5905 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
5907 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx);
5908 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
5909 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree);
5910 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
5911 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
5912 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
5913 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree);
5914 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
5915 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
5916 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
5917 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5918 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
5919 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
5920 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
5921 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5922 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
5923 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5924 HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5925 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
5926 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
5927 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned char *);
5928 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
5929 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
5930 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5931 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
5932 static enum dwarf_form AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
5933 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
5934 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5935 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
5936 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
5937 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
5938 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5939 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
5940 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
5941 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5943 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
5944 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
5945 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
5946 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5947 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5948 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5949 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5950 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5951 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5953 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
5954 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5955 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
5956 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
5957 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5958 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5959 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5960 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5961 static bool is_c_family (void);
5962 static bool is_cxx (void);
5963 static bool is_java (void);
5964 static bool is_fortran (void);
5965 static bool is_ada (void);
5966 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5967 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
5968 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5969 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
5970 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
5971 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
5972 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
5973 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5974 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
5975 static hashval_t common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
5976 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5977 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
5978 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5979 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (const_tree);
5980 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
5981 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, struct var_loc_node *);
5982 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
5983 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
5984 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
5985 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5986 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
5987 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
5988 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
5989 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
5990 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
5991 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
5992 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
5993 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag, dw_attr_ref,
5994 struct md5_ctx *, int *);
5995 struct checksum_attributes;
5996 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *, dw_die_ref);
5997 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
5998 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
5999 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref, comdat_type_node *);
6000 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
6001 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *, const dw_val_node *, int *);
6002 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
6003 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
6004 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6005 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
6006 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
6007 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
6008 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
6009 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
6010 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
6011 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref);
6012 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref);
6013 static dw_die_ref clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref);
6014 static dw_die_ref clone_die (dw_die_ref);
6015 static dw_die_ref clone_tree (dw_die_ref);
6016 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6017 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *);
6018 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *);
6019 static dw_die_ref generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref);
6020 static dw_die_ref remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref,
6022 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref);
6023 static dw_die_ref copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6024 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6025 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref);
6027 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6028 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6029 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6030 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
6031 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
6032 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
6033 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
6034 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
6035 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
6036 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
6037 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
6038 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6039 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6040 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
6041 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6042 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6043 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6044 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6045 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6046 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
6047 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
6048 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6049 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
6050 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *);
6051 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
6052 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
6053 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref);
6054 static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref);
6055 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6056 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
6057 static void output_aranges (void);
6058 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6059 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree);
6060 static unsigned int add_ranges_by_labels (const char *, const char *);
6061 static void output_ranges (void);
6062 static void output_line_info (void);
6063 static void output_file_names (void);
6064 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
6065 static int is_base_type (tree);
6066 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6067 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6068 static dw_die_ref generic_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6069 static dw_die_ref template_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6070 static int type_is_enum (const_tree);
6071 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx);
6072 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
6073 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status);
6074 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6075 enum var_init_status);
6076 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6077 enum var_init_status);
6078 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
6079 enum var_init_status);
6080 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx);
6081 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx *, void *);
6082 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6083 enum var_init_status);
6084 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6085 enum var_init_status);
6086 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6087 enum var_init_status);
6088 static dw_loc_list_ref loc_list_from_tree (tree, int);
6089 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int);
6090 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
6091 static tree field_type (const_tree);
6092 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6093 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6094 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree);
6095 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (const_tree);
6096 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6098 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6099 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
6100 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6101 static void insert_float (const_rtx, unsigned char *);
6102 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
6103 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
6104 enum dwarf_attribute);
6105 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6106 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref, tree);
6107 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
6108 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
6109 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
6110 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree, bool);
6111 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6112 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6113 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6114 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6115 static dw_die_ref add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6116 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6117 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6118 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6119 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
6120 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6121 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
6122 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6123 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6124 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6125 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6126 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6127 static const char *type_tag (const_tree);
6128 static tree member_declared_type (const_tree);
6130 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
6132 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6133 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree, struct array_descr_info *, dw_die_ref);
6135 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6137 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6138 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6139 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref, tree*);
6140 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6141 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6142 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6143 static void gen_variable_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6144 static void gen_const_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6145 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6146 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6147 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6148 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6149 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6150 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6151 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6152 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6153 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref,
6154 enum debug_info_usage);
6155 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6156 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6157 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6158 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6159 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6160 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree);
6161 static inline dw_die_ref get_context_die (tree);
6162 static void gen_namespace_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6163 static void gen_decl_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6164 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
6165 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
6166 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
6167 static dw_die_ref declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
6168 static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *);
6169 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6170 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6171 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree);
6172 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6173 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6174 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
6175 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
6176 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref,
6177 const char *, const char *,
6179 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
6180 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6182 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6183 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
6184 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
6185 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
6186 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
6187 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6188 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd);
6189 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref, tree);
6190 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6192 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6193 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6194 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6196 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6197 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6199 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6200 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6202 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6203 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6205 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6206 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6208 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6209 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6211 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6212 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6214 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6215 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6217 #ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
6218 #define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall"
6220 #ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
6221 #define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall"
6223 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6224 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6226 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6227 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6230 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6231 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6232 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6235 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6236 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6237 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6238 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6241 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6242 the section names themselves. */
6244 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6245 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6247 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6248 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6250 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6251 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6253 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6254 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6256 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6257 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6259 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6260 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6262 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6263 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6265 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6266 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6269 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6270 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6271 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6272 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6273 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6275 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6276 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6277 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6278 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6279 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6280 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6281 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6282 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6283 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6284 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6286 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6287 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6289 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6290 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6292 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6293 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6295 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6296 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6298 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6299 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6301 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6302 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
6306 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6307 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6309 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
6312 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
6314 demangle_name_func = func;
6317 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6320 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl)
6322 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6323 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
6324 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
6327 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6331 type_main_variant (tree type)
6333 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6335 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6336 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6337 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6338 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6340 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
6341 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
6342 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6347 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6350 is_tagged_type (const_tree type)
6352 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
6354 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
6355 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
6358 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6361 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
6365 case DW_TAG_padding:
6366 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6367 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6368 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6369 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6370 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6371 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
6372 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6373 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6374 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6375 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
6376 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6377 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
6378 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6380 return "DW_TAG_label";
6381 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
6382 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6384 return "DW_TAG_member";
6385 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6386 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6387 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6388 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6389 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
6390 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6391 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6392 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6393 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6394 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6395 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6396 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6397 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6398 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6399 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6400 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6401 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
6402 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6403 case DW_TAG_variant:
6404 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6405 case DW_TAG_common_block:
6406 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6407 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
6408 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6409 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
6410 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6411 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
6412 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6414 return "DW_TAG_module";
6415 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6416 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6417 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6418 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6419 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6420 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6421 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
6422 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6423 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
6424 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6425 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6426 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6427 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
6428 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6429 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6430 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6431 case DW_TAG_constant:
6432 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6433 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
6434 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6435 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6436 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6438 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6439 case DW_TAG_namelist:
6440 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6441 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
6442 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6443 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6444 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6445 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
6446 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6447 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
6448 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6449 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
6450 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6451 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
6452 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6453 case DW_TAG_try_block:
6454 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6455 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
6456 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6457 case DW_TAG_variable:
6458 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6459 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6460 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6461 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure:
6462 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6463 case DW_TAG_restrict_type:
6464 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6465 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
6466 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6467 case DW_TAG_namespace:
6468 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6469 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
6470 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6471 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type:
6472 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6473 case DW_TAG_partial_unit:
6474 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6475 case DW_TAG_imported_unit:
6476 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6477 case DW_TAG_condition:
6478 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6479 case DW_TAG_shared_type:
6480 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6481 case DW_TAG_type_unit:
6482 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6483 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
6484 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6485 case DW_TAG_template_alias:
6486 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6487 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack:
6488 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6489 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack:
6490 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6491 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
6492 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6493 case DW_TAG_format_label:
6494 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6495 case DW_TAG_function_template:
6496 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6497 case DW_TAG_class_template:
6498 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6499 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
6500 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6501 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
6502 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6503 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param:
6504 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6506 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6510 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6513 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
6518 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6519 case DW_AT_location:
6520 return "DW_AT_location";
6522 return "DW_AT_name";
6523 case DW_AT_ordering:
6524 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6525 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
6526 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6527 case DW_AT_byte_size:
6528 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6529 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
6530 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6531 case DW_AT_bit_size:
6532 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6533 case DW_AT_element_list:
6534 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6535 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
6536 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6538 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6540 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6541 case DW_AT_language:
6542 return "DW_AT_language";
6544 return "DW_AT_member";
6546 return "DW_AT_discr";
6547 case DW_AT_discr_value:
6548 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6549 case DW_AT_visibility:
6550 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6552 return "DW_AT_import";
6553 case DW_AT_string_length:
6554 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6555 case DW_AT_common_reference:
6556 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6557 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
6558 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6559 case DW_AT_const_value:
6560 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6561 case DW_AT_containing_type:
6562 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6563 case DW_AT_default_value:
6564 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6566 return "DW_AT_inline";
6567 case DW_AT_is_optional:
6568 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6569 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
6570 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6571 case DW_AT_producer:
6572 return "DW_AT_producer";
6573 case DW_AT_prototyped:
6574 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6575 case DW_AT_return_addr:
6576 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6577 case DW_AT_start_scope:
6578 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6579 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
6580 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6581 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
6582 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6583 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
6584 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6585 case DW_AT_accessibility:
6586 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6587 case DW_AT_address_class:
6588 return "DW_AT_address_class";
6589 case DW_AT_artificial:
6590 return "DW_AT_artificial";
6591 case DW_AT_base_types:
6592 return "DW_AT_base_types";
6593 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
6594 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
6596 return "DW_AT_count";
6597 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
6598 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
6599 case DW_AT_decl_column:
6600 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
6601 case DW_AT_decl_file:
6602 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
6603 case DW_AT_decl_line:
6604 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
6605 case DW_AT_declaration:
6606 return "DW_AT_declaration";
6607 case DW_AT_discr_list:
6608 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
6609 case DW_AT_encoding:
6610 return "DW_AT_encoding";
6611 case DW_AT_external:
6612 return "DW_AT_external";
6613 case DW_AT_explicit:
6614 return "DW_AT_explicit";
6615 case DW_AT_frame_base:
6616 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
6618 return "DW_AT_friend";
6619 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
6620 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
6621 case DW_AT_macro_info:
6622 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
6623 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
6624 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
6625 case DW_AT_priority:
6626 return "DW_AT_priority";
6628 return "DW_AT_segment";
6629 case DW_AT_specification:
6630 return "DW_AT_specification";
6631 case DW_AT_static_link:
6632 return "DW_AT_static_link";
6634 return "DW_AT_type";
6635 case DW_AT_use_location:
6636 return "DW_AT_use_location";
6637 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
6638 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
6639 case DW_AT_virtuality:
6640 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
6641 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
6642 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
6644 case DW_AT_allocated:
6645 return "DW_AT_allocated";
6646 case DW_AT_associated:
6647 return "DW_AT_associated";
6648 case DW_AT_data_location:
6649 return "DW_AT_data_location";
6650 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
6651 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
6652 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
6653 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
6654 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
6655 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
6656 case DW_AT_extension:
6657 return "DW_AT_extension";
6659 return "DW_AT_ranges";
6660 case DW_AT_trampoline:
6661 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
6662 case DW_AT_call_column:
6663 return "DW_AT_call_column";
6664 case DW_AT_call_file:
6665 return "DW_AT_call_file";
6666 case DW_AT_call_line:
6667 return "DW_AT_call_line";
6669 case DW_AT_signature:
6670 return "DW_AT_signature";
6671 case DW_AT_main_subprogram:
6672 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
6673 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset:
6674 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
6675 case DW_AT_const_expr:
6676 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
6677 case DW_AT_enum_class:
6678 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
6679 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
6680 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
6682 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
6683 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
6684 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
6685 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
6686 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
6687 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
6688 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
6689 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
6690 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
6691 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
6692 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
6693 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
6694 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
6695 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
6696 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
6697 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
6698 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
6699 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
6700 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
6701 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
6702 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
6703 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
6705 case DW_AT_sf_names:
6706 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
6707 case DW_AT_src_info:
6708 return "DW_AT_src_info";
6709 case DW_AT_mac_info:
6710 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
6711 case DW_AT_src_coords:
6712 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
6713 case DW_AT_body_begin:
6714 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
6715 case DW_AT_body_end:
6716 return "DW_AT_body_end";
6717 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
6718 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
6719 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by:
6720 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
6721 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by:
6722 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
6723 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded:
6724 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
6725 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded:
6726 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
6727 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded:
6728 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
6729 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required:
6730 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
6731 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required:
6732 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
6733 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature:
6734 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
6735 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name:
6736 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
6738 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
6739 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
6742 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
6746 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
6749 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
6754 return "DW_FORM_addr";
6755 case DW_FORM_block2:
6756 return "DW_FORM_block2";
6757 case DW_FORM_block4:
6758 return "DW_FORM_block4";
6760 return "DW_FORM_data2";
6762 return "DW_FORM_data4";
6764 return "DW_FORM_data8";
6765 case DW_FORM_string:
6766 return "DW_FORM_string";
6768 return "DW_FORM_block";
6769 case DW_FORM_block1:
6770 return "DW_FORM_block1";
6772 return "DW_FORM_data1";
6774 return "DW_FORM_flag";
6776 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
6778 return "DW_FORM_strp";
6780 return "DW_FORM_udata";
6781 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
6782 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
6784 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
6786 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
6788 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
6790 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
6791 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
6792 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
6793 case DW_FORM_indirect:
6794 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
6795 case DW_FORM_sec_offset:
6796 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
6797 case DW_FORM_exprloc:
6798 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
6799 case DW_FORM_flag_present:
6800 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
6801 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8:
6802 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
6804 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
6808 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
6809 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
6810 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
6811 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
6815 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl)
6817 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
6820 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
6821 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
6822 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
6823 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
6826 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
6827 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
6828 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
6830 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
6833 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
6834 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
6838 decl_class_context (tree decl)
6840 tree context = NULL_TREE;
6842 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
6843 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
6845 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
6846 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
6848 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
6849 context = NULL_TREE;
6854 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
6857 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
6859 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
6863 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
6864 die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1);
6865 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr);
6868 static inline enum dw_val_class
6869 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
6871 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
6874 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
6877 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
6881 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6882 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
6883 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
6884 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6887 static inline unsigned
6888 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
6890 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
6891 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
6894 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6897 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
6901 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6902 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
6903 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
6904 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6907 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
6908 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
6910 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
6911 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
6914 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6917 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6918 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
6922 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6923 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
6924 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
6925 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6928 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
6929 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
6931 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
6932 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
6935 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6938 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6939 HOST_WIDE_INT high, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low)
6943 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6944 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
6945 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high = high;
6946 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low = low;
6947 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6950 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
6953 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6954 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
6958 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6959 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
6960 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
6961 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
6962 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
6963 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6966 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
6969 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6970 unsigned char data8[8])
6974 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6975 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_data8;
6976 memcpy (attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_data8, data8, 8);
6977 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6980 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
6983 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
6985 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
6989 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
6991 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
6992 (const char *)x2) == 0;
6995 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
6997 static struct indirect_string_node *
6998 find_AT_string (const char *str)
7000 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7003 if (! debug_str_hash)
7004 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
7005 debug_str_eq, NULL);
7007 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
7008 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
7011 node = (struct indirect_string_node *)
7012 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
7013 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
7017 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
7023 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7026 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
7029 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7031 node = find_AT_string (str);
7033 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7034 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
7035 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
7036 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7039 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7040 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7043 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node *node)
7050 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
7051 ++dw2_string_counter;
7052 node->label = xstrdup (label);
7055 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7056 debug string STR. */
7059 get_debug_string_label (const char *str)
7061 struct indirect_string_node *node = find_AT_string (str);
7063 debug_str_hash_forced = true;
7065 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7067 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, node->label);
7070 static inline const char *
7071 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
7073 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7074 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
7077 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7078 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7080 static enum dwarf_form
7081 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
7083 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7086 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7088 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
7092 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
7094 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7095 always better to put it inline. */
7096 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
7097 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7099 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7100 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7102 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7103 || ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
7104 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len))
7105 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7107 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7109 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
7112 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7115 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7119 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7120 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
7121 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
7122 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
7123 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7126 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7127 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7130 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7132 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
7133 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
7134 targ_die->die_definition = die;
7137 static inline dw_die_ref
7138 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
7140 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7141 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
7145 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
7147 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
7148 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
7154 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
7156 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7157 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
7160 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7163 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
7167 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7168 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
7169 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
7170 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7173 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7176 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
7180 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7181 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
7182 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
7183 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7186 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7187 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
7189 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7190 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
7194 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
7198 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7199 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
7200 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
7201 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7202 have_location_lists = true;
7205 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7206 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
7208 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7209 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7212 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7215 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
7219 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7220 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7221 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
7222 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7225 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7228 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
7230 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
7231 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
7234 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7237 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7238 struct dwarf_file_data *fd)
7242 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7243 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file;
7244 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd;
7245 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7248 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7250 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7251 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a)
7253 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file);
7254 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file;
7257 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7260 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
7264 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7265 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
7266 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
7267 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7270 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7271 debug_line section. */
7274 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7279 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7280 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
7281 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7282 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7285 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7286 debug_macinfo section. */
7289 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7294 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7295 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
7296 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7297 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7300 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7303 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7304 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
7308 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7309 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
7310 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7311 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7314 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7317 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7318 long unsigned int offset)
7322 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7323 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
7324 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7325 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7328 static inline const char *
7329 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
7331 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7332 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7333 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr));
7334 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
7337 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
7340 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7344 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
7349 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7350 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7352 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
7353 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
7357 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
7362 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7363 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7364 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7366 static inline const char *
7367 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7369 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
7371 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7374 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7375 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7376 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7378 static inline const char *
7379 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7381 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
7383 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7386 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7387 NULL if it is not present. */
7389 static inline const char *
7390 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7392 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7394 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
7397 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7398 if it is not present. */
7401 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7403 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7405 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
7408 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7409 if it is not present. */
7411 static inline unsigned
7412 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7414 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7416 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
7419 static inline dw_die_ref
7420 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7422 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7424 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
7427 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7428 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7430 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7432 return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL;
7435 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
7440 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7442 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89 || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC
7443 || lang == DW_LANG_C99
7444 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus);
7447 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7452 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7454 return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
7457 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7462 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7464 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
7465 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
7466 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
7469 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
7474 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7476 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
7479 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7484 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7486 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
7489 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7492 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7500 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7501 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7503 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
7504 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
7505 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
7507 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7509 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix);
7514 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7515 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7518 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
7520 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent);
7521 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child);
7524 gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child);
7528 prev->die_sib = child->die_sib;
7529 if (child->die_parent->die_child == child)
7530 child->die_parent->die_child = prev;
7533 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
7534 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
7537 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child, dw_die_ref new_child, dw_die_ref prev)
7539 dw_die_ref parent = old_child->die_parent;
7541 gcc_assert (parent == prev->die_parent);
7542 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == old_child);
7544 new_child->die_parent = parent;
7545 if (prev == old_child)
7547 gcc_assert (parent->die_child == old_child);
7548 new_child->die_sib = new_child;
7552 prev->die_sib = new_child;
7553 new_child->die_sib = old_child->die_sib;
7555 if (old_child->die_parent->die_child == old_child)
7556 old_child->die_parent->die_child = new_child;
7559 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
7562 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent, dw_die_ref new_parent)
7565 new_parent->die_child = old_parent->die_child;
7566 old_parent->die_child = NULL;
7567 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent, c, c->die_parent = new_parent);
7570 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
7574 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
7580 dw_die_ref prev = c;
7582 while (c->die_tag == tag)
7584 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
7585 /* Might have removed every child. */
7586 if (c == c->die_sib)
7590 } while (c != die->die_child);
7593 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
7596 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
7598 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
7599 if (! die || ! child_die)
7601 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
7603 child_die->die_parent = die;
7606 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib;
7607 die->die_child->die_sib = child_die;
7610 child_die->die_sib = child_die;
7611 die->die_child = child_die;
7614 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
7615 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
7616 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
7619 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
7623 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
7624 specification DIE at toplevel. */
7625 if (child->die_parent != parent)
7627 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
7633 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
7634 || (child->die_parent
7635 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
7637 for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib)
7638 if (p->die_sib == child)
7640 remove_child_with_prev (child, p);
7644 add_child_die (parent, child);
7647 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
7649 static inline dw_die_ref
7650 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
7652 dw_die_ref die = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
7654 die->die_tag = tag_value;
7656 if (parent_die != NULL)
7657 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
7660 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
7662 limbo_node = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
7663 limbo_node->die = die;
7664 limbo_node->created_for = t;
7665 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
7666 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
7672 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
7674 static inline dw_die_ref
7675 lookup_type_die (tree type)
7677 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
7680 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
7683 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
7685 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
7688 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
7691 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
7693 return (hashval_t) ((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
7696 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
7699 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7701 return (((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7704 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
7706 static inline dw_die_ref
7707 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
7709 return (dw_die_ref) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7712 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
7715 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
7717 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
7720 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
7724 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7726 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7729 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
7731 static inline var_loc_list *
7732 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl)
7734 if (!decl_loc_table)
7736 return (var_loc_list *)
7737 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7740 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
7743 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
7745 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7748 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7750 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
7753 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
7756 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, struct var_loc_node *loc)
7758 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7762 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7765 temp = GGC_CNEW (var_loc_list);
7766 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
7770 temp = (var_loc_list *) *slot;
7774 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
7775 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
7776 we have nothing to do. */
7777 if ((!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
7778 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note)))
7779 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note)
7780 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc->var_loc_note))
7781 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note)
7782 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
7783 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc->var_loc_note)
7784 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED))))
7786 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
7787 temp->last->next = loc;
7791 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
7792 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
7799 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
7800 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
7801 the DIE internal representation. */
7802 static int print_indent;
7804 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
7807 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
7809 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
7812 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
7815 print_signature (FILE *outfile, char *sig)
7819 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
7820 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", sig[i] & 0xff);
7823 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
7824 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7827 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
7833 print_spaces (outfile);
7834 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
7835 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
7836 print_spaces (outfile);
7837 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
7838 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld\n", die->die_offset);
7839 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && die->die_id.die_type_node)
7841 print_spaces (outfile);
7842 fprintf (outfile, " signature: ");
7843 print_signature (outfile, die->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
7844 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7847 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7849 print_spaces (outfile);
7850 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
7852 switch (AT_class (a))
7854 case dw_val_class_addr:
7855 fprintf (outfile, "address");
7857 case dw_val_class_offset:
7858 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
7860 case dw_val_class_loc:
7861 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
7863 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7864 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
7865 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
7867 case dw_val_class_range_list:
7868 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
7870 case dw_val_class_const:
7871 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
7873 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
7874 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
7876 case dw_val_class_const_double:
7877 fprintf (outfile, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC","\
7878 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED")",
7879 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high,
7880 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low);
7882 case dw_val_class_vec:
7883 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
7885 case dw_val_class_flag:
7886 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
7888 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7889 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
7891 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node)
7893 fprintf (outfile, "die -> signature: ");
7894 print_signature (outfile,
7895 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
7897 else if (dwarf_version < 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol)
7898 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s",
7899 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
7901 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
7904 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
7906 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7907 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
7908 case dw_val_class_macptr:
7909 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
7911 case dw_val_class_str:
7912 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
7913 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
7915 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
7917 case dw_val_class_file:
7918 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename,
7919 AT_file (a)->emitted_number);
7921 case dw_val_class_data8:
7925 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
7926 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i]);
7933 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7936 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7939 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile));
7942 if (print_indent == 0)
7943 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7946 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
7947 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7950 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
7953 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
7955 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
7956 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
7958 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
7959 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i,
7960 line_info->dw_file_num,
7961 line_info->dw_line_num);
7964 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
7967 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
7970 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
7972 print_die (die, stderr);
7975 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
7976 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7982 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
7983 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
7984 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
7987 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
7988 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
7989 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
7992 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
7994 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
7995 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
7997 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
8001 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
8004 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
8006 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
8008 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
8012 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8013 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8015 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8018 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8022 tem = (loc->dtprel << 8) | ((unsigned int) loc->dw_loc_opc);
8024 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8025 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8028 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8031 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8033 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8036 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
8038 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8039 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8040 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8043 switch (AT_class (at))
8045 case dw_val_class_const:
8046 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8048 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8049 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8051 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8052 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8054 case dw_val_class_vec:
8055 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8057 case dw_val_class_flag:
8058 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
8060 case dw_val_class_str:
8061 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8064 case dw_val_class_addr:
8066 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8067 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8070 case dw_val_class_offset:
8071 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8074 case dw_val_class_loc:
8075 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8076 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
8079 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8080 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
8083 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8084 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8085 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8086 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8089 case dw_val_class_file:
8090 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8093 case dw_val_class_data8:
8094 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8102 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
8105 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8111 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8114 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
8117 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8119 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
8121 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8122 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
8124 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark));
8128 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8130 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
8131 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8132 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8133 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8134 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8135 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8136 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8138 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
8141 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8148 byte = (value & 0x7f);
8150 more = !((value == 0 && (byte & 0x40) == 0)
8151 || (value == -1 && (byte & 0x40) != 0));
8160 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
8163 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8167 unsigned char byte = (value & 0x7f);
8170 /* More bytes to follow. */
8178 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
8179 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
8182 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8186 int tag = die->die_tag;
8188 if (tag != DW_TAG_namespace
8189 && tag != DW_TAG_structure_type
8190 && tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
8193 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8195 spec = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8199 if (die->die_parent != NULL)
8200 checksum_die_context (die->die_parent, ctx);
8202 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8203 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag);
8205 CHECKSUM_STRING (name);
8208 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8211 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8213 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8214 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
8215 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_plus_uconst && loc->dw_loc_next == NULL)
8217 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8218 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT) loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
8222 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
8225 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc->dw_loc_opc);
8226 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8227 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8228 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
8232 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8235 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag, dw_attr_ref at,
8236 struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8238 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8241 if (AT_class (at) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
8243 dw_die_ref target_die = AT_ref (at);
8245 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8246 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
8247 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
8248 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
8249 is complete or not. */
8250 if ((at->dw_attr == DW_AT_type
8251 && (tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
8252 || tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
8253 || tag == DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type))
8254 || (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_friend
8255 && tag == DW_TAG_friend))
8257 dw_attr_ref name_attr = get_AT (target_die, DW_AT_name);
8259 if (name_attr != NULL)
8261 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8265 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
8266 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8267 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8268 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8269 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
8270 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8275 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
8276 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
8277 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
8278 if (target_die->die_mark > 0)
8280 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
8281 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8282 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die->die_mark);
8286 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8290 target_die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8291 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
8292 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8293 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8294 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8295 die_checksum_ordered (target_die, ctx, mark);
8300 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
8301 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8303 switch (AT_class (at))
8305 case dw_val_class_const:
8306 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8307 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8310 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8311 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8312 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8315 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8316 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8317 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double));
8318 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8321 case dw_val_class_vec:
8322 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8323 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec));
8324 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8327 case dw_val_class_flag:
8328 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag);
8329 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag ? 1 : 0);
8332 case dw_val_class_str:
8333 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8334 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8337 case dw_val_class_addr:
8339 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8340 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8341 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8344 case dw_val_class_offset:
8345 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8346 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8349 case dw_val_class_loc:
8350 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8351 loc_checksum_ordered (loc, ctx);
8354 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8355 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8356 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8357 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8360 case dw_val_class_file:
8361 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8362 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8365 case dw_val_class_data8:
8366 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8374 struct checksum_attributes
8376 dw_attr_ref at_name;
8377 dw_attr_ref at_type;
8378 dw_attr_ref at_friend;
8379 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility;
8380 dw_attr_ref at_address_class;
8381 dw_attr_ref at_allocated;
8382 dw_attr_ref at_artificial;
8383 dw_attr_ref at_associated;
8384 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale;
8385 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset;
8386 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size;
8387 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride;
8388 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size;
8389 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride;
8390 dw_attr_ref at_const_value;
8391 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type;
8392 dw_attr_ref at_count;
8393 dw_attr_ref at_data_location;
8394 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location;
8395 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale;
8396 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign;
8397 dw_attr_ref at_default_value;
8398 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count;
8399 dw_attr_ref at_discr;
8400 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list;
8401 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value;
8402 dw_attr_ref at_encoding;
8403 dw_attr_ref at_endianity;
8404 dw_attr_ref at_explicit;
8405 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional;
8406 dw_attr_ref at_location;
8407 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound;
8408 dw_attr_ref at_mutable;
8409 dw_attr_ref at_ordering;
8410 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string;
8411 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped;
8412 dw_attr_ref at_small;
8413 dw_attr_ref at_segment;
8414 dw_attr_ref at_string_length;
8415 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled;
8416 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound;
8417 dw_attr_ref at_use_location;
8418 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8;
8419 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter;
8420 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality;
8421 dw_attr_ref at_visibility;
8422 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location;
8425 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
8428 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *attrs, dw_die_ref die)
8433 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8444 attrs->at_friend = a;
8446 case DW_AT_accessibility:
8447 attrs->at_accessibility = a;
8449 case DW_AT_address_class:
8450 attrs->at_address_class = a;
8452 case DW_AT_allocated:
8453 attrs->at_allocated = a;
8455 case DW_AT_artificial:
8456 attrs->at_artificial = a;
8458 case DW_AT_associated:
8459 attrs->at_associated = a;
8461 case DW_AT_binary_scale:
8462 attrs->at_binary_scale = a;
8464 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
8465 attrs->at_bit_offset = a;
8467 case DW_AT_bit_size:
8468 attrs->at_bit_size = a;
8470 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
8471 attrs->at_bit_stride = a;
8473 case DW_AT_byte_size:
8474 attrs->at_byte_size = a;
8476 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
8477 attrs->at_byte_stride = a;
8479 case DW_AT_const_value:
8480 attrs->at_const_value = a;
8482 case DW_AT_containing_type:
8483 attrs->at_containing_type = a;
8486 attrs->at_count = a;
8488 case DW_AT_data_location:
8489 attrs->at_data_location = a;
8491 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
8492 attrs->at_data_member_location = a;
8494 case DW_AT_decimal_scale:
8495 attrs->at_decimal_scale = a;
8497 case DW_AT_decimal_sign:
8498 attrs->at_decimal_sign = a;
8500 case DW_AT_default_value:
8501 attrs->at_default_value = a;
8503 case DW_AT_digit_count:
8504 attrs->at_digit_count = a;
8507 attrs->at_discr = a;
8509 case DW_AT_discr_list:
8510 attrs->at_discr_list = a;
8512 case DW_AT_discr_value:
8513 attrs->at_discr_value = a;
8515 case DW_AT_encoding:
8516 attrs->at_encoding = a;
8518 case DW_AT_endianity:
8519 attrs->at_endianity = a;
8521 case DW_AT_explicit:
8522 attrs->at_explicit = a;
8524 case DW_AT_is_optional:
8525 attrs->at_is_optional = a;
8527 case DW_AT_location:
8528 attrs->at_location = a;
8530 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
8531 attrs->at_lower_bound = a;
8534 attrs->at_mutable = a;
8536 case DW_AT_ordering:
8537 attrs->at_ordering = a;
8539 case DW_AT_picture_string:
8540 attrs->at_picture_string = a;
8542 case DW_AT_prototyped:
8543 attrs->at_prototyped = a;
8546 attrs->at_small = a;
8549 attrs->at_segment = a;
8551 case DW_AT_string_length:
8552 attrs->at_string_length = a;
8554 case DW_AT_threads_scaled:
8555 attrs->at_threads_scaled = a;
8557 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
8558 attrs->at_upper_bound = a;
8560 case DW_AT_use_location:
8561 attrs->at_use_location = a;
8563 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
8564 attrs->at_use_UTF8 = a;
8566 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
8567 attrs->at_variable_parameter = a;
8569 case DW_AT_virtuality:
8570 attrs->at_virtuality = a;
8572 case DW_AT_visibility:
8573 attrs->at_visibility = a;
8575 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
8576 attrs->at_vtable_elem_location = a;
8584 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
8587 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8591 struct checksum_attributes attrs;
8593 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
8594 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die->die_tag);
8596 memset (&attrs, 0, sizeof (attrs));
8598 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8600 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, decl);
8601 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, die);
8603 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_name);
8604 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_accessibility);
8605 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_address_class);
8606 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_allocated);
8607 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_artificial);
8608 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_associated);
8609 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_binary_scale);
8610 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_offset);
8611 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_size);
8612 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_stride);
8613 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_size);
8614 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_stride);
8615 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_const_value);
8616 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_containing_type);
8617 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_count);
8618 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_location);
8619 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_member_location);
8620 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_scale);
8621 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_sign);
8622 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_default_value);
8623 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_digit_count);
8624 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr);
8625 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_list);
8626 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_value);
8627 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_encoding);
8628 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_endianity);
8629 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_explicit);
8630 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_is_optional);
8631 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_location);
8632 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_lower_bound);
8633 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_mutable);
8634 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_ordering);
8635 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_picture_string);
8636 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_prototyped);
8637 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_small);
8638 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_segment);
8639 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_string_length);
8640 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_threads_scaled);
8641 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_upper_bound);
8642 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_location);
8643 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_UTF8);
8644 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_variable_parameter);
8645 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_virtuality);
8646 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_visibility);
8647 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_vtable_elem_location);
8648 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_type);
8649 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_friend);
8651 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
8654 dw_attr_ref name_attr;
8657 name_attr = get_AT (c, DW_AT_name);
8658 if ((is_type_die (c) || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
8659 && name_attr != NULL)
8661 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
8662 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c->die_tag);
8663 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8667 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
8668 if (c->die_mark == 0)
8670 die_checksum_ordered (c, ctx, mark);
8672 } while (c != die->die_child);
8674 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
8678 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8679 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
8680 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
8681 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
8683 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
8684 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
8685 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
8686 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
8687 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
8688 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
8689 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
8692 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die, comdat_type_node *type_node)
8696 unsigned char checksum[16];
8700 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8701 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8703 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
8704 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
8705 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
8707 if (is_cxx() && name != NULL)
8709 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8711 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8712 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
8713 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
8715 md5_process_bytes (&die->die_tag, sizeof (die->die_tag), &ctx);
8716 md5_process_bytes (name, strlen (name) + 1, &ctx);
8717 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8719 add_AT_data8 (type_node->root_die, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature, &checksum[8]);
8722 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
8724 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8726 die->die_mark = mark;
8728 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8729 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
8730 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
8732 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
8733 die_checksum_ordered (die, &ctx, &mark);
8734 unmark_all_dies (die);
8735 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8737 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
8738 type node together. */
8739 memcpy (type_node->signature, &checksum[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE],
8740 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE);
8741 die->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
8742 type_node->type_die = die;
8744 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
8747 decl->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
8750 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
8752 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
8754 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
8755 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
8756 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
8759 /* Do the values look the same? */
8761 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *v1, const dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
8763 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
8766 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
8769 switch (v1->val_class)
8771 case dw_val_class_const:
8772 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
8773 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8774 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
8775 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8776 return v1->v.val_double.high == v2->v.val_double.high
8777 && v1->v.val_double.low == v2->v.val_double.low;
8778 case dw_val_class_vec:
8779 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
8780 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
8782 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
8783 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
8786 case dw_val_class_flag:
8787 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
8788 case dw_val_class_str:
8789 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
8791 case dw_val_class_addr:
8792 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
8793 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
8794 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
8796 return !rtx_equal_p (r1, r2);
8798 case dw_val_class_offset:
8799 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
8801 case dw_val_class_loc:
8802 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
8804 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
8805 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
8807 return !loc1 && !loc2;
8809 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8810 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
8812 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8813 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8814 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8815 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8818 case dw_val_class_file:
8819 return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file;
8821 case dw_val_class_data8:
8822 return !memcmp (v1->v.val_data8, v2->v.val_data8, 8);
8829 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
8832 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
8834 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
8837 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8838 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8839 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8842 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
8845 /* Do the dies look the same? */
8848 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
8854 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8856 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
8857 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8859 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
8862 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr)
8863 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr))
8866 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1); ix++)
8867 if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark))
8870 c1 = die1->die_child;
8871 c2 = die2->die_child;
8880 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
8884 if (c1 == die1->die_child)
8886 if (c2 == die2->die_child)
8896 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
8899 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
8902 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
8904 unmark_all_dies (die1);
8905 unmark_all_dies (die2);
8910 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
8912 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
8914 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
8915 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
8917 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
8918 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
8921 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
8923 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
8924 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
8925 char *name = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base) + 64);
8928 unsigned char checksum[16];
8931 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
8932 the name filename of the unit. */
8934 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8936 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
8937 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
8938 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8940 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
8941 clean_symbol_name (name);
8943 p = name + strlen (name);
8944 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
8946 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
8950 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
8951 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
8954 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
8957 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
8959 switch (die->die_tag)
8961 case DW_TAG_array_type:
8962 case DW_TAG_class_type:
8963 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
8964 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
8965 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
8966 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
8967 case DW_TAG_string_type:
8968 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
8969 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
8970 case DW_TAG_union_type:
8971 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
8972 case DW_TAG_set_type:
8973 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
8974 case DW_TAG_base_type:
8975 case DW_TAG_const_type:
8976 case DW_TAG_file_type:
8977 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
8978 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
8979 case DW_TAG_typedef:
8986 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
8987 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
8988 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
8989 compilations (functions). */
8992 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
8994 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
8995 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
8996 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
8997 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
8999 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
9002 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
9003 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
9004 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
9005 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
9007 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
9009 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
9012 return is_type_die (c);
9015 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9016 compilation unit. */
9019 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
9021 return (is_type_die (c)
9022 || is_declaration_die (c)
9023 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9024 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_module);
9028 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
9032 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
9033 return xstrdup (buf);
9036 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9039 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
9043 if (is_symbol_die (die))
9045 if (comdat_symbol_id)
9047 char *p = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
9049 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
9050 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
9051 die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
9054 die->die_id.die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9057 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c));
9060 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9063 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
9064 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
9067 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9069 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
9071 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry =
9072 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of;
9074 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_id.die_symbol);
9078 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9080 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry1 =
9081 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of1;
9082 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9084 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_id.die_symbol, entry2->die_id.die_symbol);
9088 htab_cu_del (void *what)
9090 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next,
9091 *entry = (struct cu_hash_table_entry *) what;
9101 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9104 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
9106 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
9107 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
9109 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
9111 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9112 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9116 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
9118 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
9124 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
9128 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
9130 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
9131 entry->next = *slot;
9137 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
9139 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
9141 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
9143 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9144 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9148 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
9151 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9152 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9153 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
9156 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
9159 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9160 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
9161 htab_t cu_hash_table;
9165 dw_die_ref prev = c;
9167 while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9168 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
9170 dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib;
9172 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
9173 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
9175 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
9176 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
9177 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
9178 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
9180 add_child_die (unit, c);
9182 if (c == die->die_child)
9185 } while (c != die->die_child);
9188 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9189 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
9193 assign_symbol_names (die);
9194 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
9195 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
9201 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
9202 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9203 &comdat_symbol_number);
9204 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
9206 *pnode = node->next;
9209 pnode = &node->next;
9210 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9211 comdat_symbol_number);
9214 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
9217 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
9220 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die)
9225 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9226 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_declaration)
9232 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
9233 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
9236 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die)
9238 switch (die->die_tag)
9240 case DW_TAG_class_type:
9241 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
9242 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
9243 case DW_TAG_union_type:
9244 /* Don't move declarations or inlined instances. */
9245 if (is_declaration_die (die) || get_AT (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin))
9248 case DW_TAG_array_type:
9249 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
9250 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
9251 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
9252 case DW_TAG_string_type:
9253 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
9254 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
9255 case DW_TAG_set_type:
9256 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
9257 case DW_TAG_base_type:
9258 case DW_TAG_const_type:
9259 case DW_TAG_file_type:
9260 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
9261 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
9262 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9268 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
9271 clone_die (dw_die_ref die)
9277 clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9278 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9280 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9281 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9286 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
9289 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die)
9292 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (die);
9294 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_child_die (clone, clone_tree(c)));
9299 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
9302 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die)
9309 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
9310 if (is_declaration_die (die))
9311 return clone_die (die);
9313 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
9314 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9316 return clone_die (decl);
9318 clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9319 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9321 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9323 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
9324 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
9325 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
9329 case DW_AT_artificial:
9330 case DW_AT_containing_type:
9331 case DW_AT_external:
9334 case DW_AT_virtuality:
9335 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
9336 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9338 case DW_AT_byte_size:
9344 if (die->die_id.die_type_node)
9345 add_AT_die_ref (clone, DW_AT_signature, die);
9347 add_AT_flag (clone, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9351 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
9352 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
9353 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
9354 attached to the specification. */
9357 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die)
9360 dw_die_ref new_decl;
9362 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9371 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
9372 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
9373 decl->die_id.die_type_node = die->die_id.die_type_node;
9375 remove_AT (die, DW_AT_specification);
9377 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, decl->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9379 if (a->dw_attr != DW_AT_name
9380 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_declaration
9381 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_external)
9382 add_dwarf_attr (die, a);
9385 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl, c, add_child_die (die, clone_tree(c)));
9388 if (decl->die_parent != NULL
9389 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9390 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9392 new_decl = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, decl, NULL);
9393 if (new_decl != NULL)
9395 remove_AT (new_decl, DW_AT_signature);
9396 add_AT_specification (die, new_decl);
9401 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
9402 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
9405 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *node)
9407 if (node->new_die != NULL)
9410 node->new_die = clone_as_declaration (node->old_die);
9412 if (node->parent != NULL)
9414 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node->parent);
9415 add_child_die (node->parent->new_die, node->new_die);
9419 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
9420 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
9421 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
9424 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *parent)
9426 skeleton_chain_node node;
9429 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9430 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9432 node.parent = parent;
9434 first = c = parent->old_die->die_child;
9438 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9441 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9443 node.new_die = NULL;
9444 if (is_declaration_die (c))
9446 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
9447 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
9448 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
9449 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (c);
9450 move_all_children (c, clone);
9452 replace_child (c, clone, prev);
9453 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent);
9454 add_child_die (parent->new_die, c);
9458 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9459 } while (next != NULL);
9462 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
9465 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die)
9467 skeleton_chain_node node;
9470 node.new_die = NULL;
9473 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
9474 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
9475 if (die->die_parent != NULL && is_type_die (die->die_parent))
9476 node.new_die = clone_as_declaration (die);
9478 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9479 return node.new_die;
9482 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
9483 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
9484 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
9485 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
9486 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
9487 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
9490 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
9492 dw_die_ref skeleton;
9494 skeleton = generate_skeleton (child);
9495 if (skeleton == NULL)
9496 remove_child_with_prev (child, prev);
9499 skeleton->die_id.die_type_node = child->die_id.die_type_node;
9500 replace_child (child, skeleton, prev);
9506 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
9507 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
9510 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die)
9514 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9515 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9516 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9518 first = c = die->die_child;
9522 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9525 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9526 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c))
9528 dw_die_ref replacement;
9529 comdat_type_node_ref type_node;
9531 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
9532 add it to the list of comdat types. */
9533 unit = new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit, NULL, NULL);
9534 add_AT_unsigned (unit, DW_AT_language,
9535 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language));
9536 type_node = GGC_CNEW (comdat_type_node);
9537 type_node->root_die = unit;
9538 type_node->next = comdat_type_list;
9539 comdat_type_list = type_node;
9541 /* Generate the type signature. */
9542 generate_type_signature (c, type_node);
9544 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
9545 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
9546 copy_declaration_context (unit, c);
9548 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
9549 replacement = remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c, prev);
9551 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
9552 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9554 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
9555 add_child_die (unit, c);
9557 if (replacement != NULL)
9560 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9561 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
9562 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
9563 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type)
9565 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
9566 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9568 } while (next != NULL);
9571 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
9573 struct decl_table_entry
9579 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
9582 htab_decl_hash (const void *of)
9584 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry =
9585 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of;
9587 return htab_hash_pointer (entry->orig);
9591 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9593 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry1 =
9594 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of1;
9595 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9597 return entry1->orig == entry2;
9601 htab_decl_del (void *what)
9603 struct decl_table_entry *entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) what;
9608 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
9609 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
9610 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
9611 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
9614 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9616 dw_die_ref parent = die->die_parent;
9617 dw_die_ref new_parent = unit;
9620 struct decl_table_entry *entry = NULL;
9624 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
9625 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, die,
9626 htab_hash_pointer (die), INSERT);
9627 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9629 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9633 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
9634 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9642 dw_die_ref spec = get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification);
9645 if (parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9646 && parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9647 new_parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, parent, decl_table);
9650 copy = clone_as_declaration (die);
9651 add_child_die (new_parent, copy);
9653 if (decl_table != NULL)
9655 /* Make sure the copy is marked as part of the type unit. */
9657 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
9664 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
9665 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
9669 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9675 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9677 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
9679 dw_die_ref targ = AT_ref (a);
9680 comdat_type_node_ref type_node = targ->die_id.die_type_node;
9682 struct decl_table_entry *entry;
9684 if (targ->die_mark != 0 || type_node != NULL)
9687 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, targ,
9688 htab_hash_pointer (targ), INSERT);
9690 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9692 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
9693 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
9694 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9695 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = entry->copy;
9699 dw_die_ref parent = unit;
9700 dw_die_ref copy = clone_tree (targ);
9702 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
9706 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
9707 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
9708 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
9709 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
9710 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9715 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
9716 into the new type unit. */
9717 if (targ->die_parent != NULL
9718 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9719 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9720 parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, targ->die_parent,
9723 add_child_die (parent, copy);
9724 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = copy;
9726 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
9727 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
9728 get visited otherwise. */
9730 copy_decls_walk (unit, parent, decl_table);
9735 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, copy_decls_walk (unit, c, decl_table));
9738 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
9739 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
9740 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
9741 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
9742 don't have an external reference. */
9745 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit)
9750 decl_table = htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash, htab_decl_eq, htab_decl_del);
9751 copy_decls_walk (unit, unit, decl_table);
9752 htab_delete (decl_table);
9756 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
9757 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
9758 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
9761 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
9765 if (! die->die_child)
9768 if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child)
9769 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
9771 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c));
9774 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
9777 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
9783 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9784 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
9785 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
9787 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c));
9790 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
9791 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
9792 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
9793 die are visited recursively. */
9796 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
9798 unsigned long abbrev_id;
9799 unsigned int n_alloc;
9804 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
9805 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
9806 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9807 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
9808 && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
9810 gcc_assert (dwarf_version >= 4 || AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
9811 set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
9814 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
9816 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
9817 dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
9821 if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
9823 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
9826 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr)
9827 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr))
9830 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a); ix++)
9832 abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix);
9833 if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
9834 || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
9844 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
9846 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
9848 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
9849 abbrev_die_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, abbrev_die_table,
9852 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
9853 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
9854 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
9857 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
9858 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
9861 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
9862 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c));
9865 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
9868 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value)
9875 log = floor_log2 (value);
9878 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
9883 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
9884 .debug_info section. */
9886 static unsigned long
9887 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
9889 unsigned long size = 0;
9893 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
9894 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9896 switch (AT_class (a))
9898 case dw_val_class_addr:
9899 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9901 case dw_val_class_offset:
9902 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9904 case dw_val_class_loc:
9906 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
9909 size += constant_size (lsize);
9913 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
9914 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9916 case dw_val_class_range_list:
9917 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9919 case dw_val_class_const:
9920 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
9922 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
9923 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
9925 case dw_val_class_const_double:
9926 size += 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
9927 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
9930 case dw_val_class_vec:
9931 size += constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
9932 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size)
9933 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
9934 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size; /* block */
9936 case dw_val_class_flag:
9939 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
9940 if (AT_ref_external (a))
9942 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions
9943 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
9944 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
9945 it's always sized as an offset. */
9946 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
9947 size += DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE;
9948 else if (dwarf_version == 2)
9949 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9951 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9954 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9956 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
9957 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9959 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
9960 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9962 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
9963 case dw_val_class_macptr:
9964 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9966 case dw_val_class_str:
9967 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
9968 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9970 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
9972 case dw_val_class_file:
9973 size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file));
9975 case dw_val_class_data8:
9986 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
9987 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
9988 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
9989 die_offset field in each DIE. */
9992 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
9996 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
9997 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
9999 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c));
10001 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10002 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10003 next_die_offset += 1;
10006 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
10007 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10008 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
10009 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
10012 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10016 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
10019 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c));
10022 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
10025 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10029 if (dwarf_version < 4)
10030 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
10033 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c));
10036 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
10039 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10045 if (!die->die_mark)
10049 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c));
10051 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10052 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
10053 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
10056 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10057 generated for the compilation unit. */
10059 static unsigned long
10060 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10062 unsigned long size;
10066 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
10067 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, p); i++)
10068 if (names != pubtype_table
10069 || p->die->die_offset != 0
10070 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10071 size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
10073 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10077 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
10079 static unsigned long
10080 size_of_aranges (void)
10082 unsigned long size;
10084 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
10086 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
10087 if (text_section_used)
10088 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10089 if (cold_text_section_used)
10090 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10091 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
10093 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
10094 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10098 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
10100 static enum dwarf_form
10101 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10103 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
10105 case dw_val_class_addr:
10106 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
10107 switch (a->dw_attr)
10110 case DW_AT_high_pc:
10111 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
10112 case DW_AT_trampoline:
10113 return DW_FORM_addr;
10117 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10120 return DW_FORM_data1;
10122 return DW_FORM_data2;
10124 return DW_FORM_data4;
10126 return DW_FORM_data8;
10128 gcc_unreachable ();
10130 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10131 case dw_val_class_offset:
10132 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10133 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
10136 return DW_FORM_data4;
10138 return DW_FORM_data8;
10140 gcc_unreachable ();
10142 case dw_val_class_loc:
10143 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
10146 return DW_FORM_block1;
10148 return DW_FORM_block2;
10150 gcc_unreachable ();
10152 case dw_val_class_const:
10153 return DW_FORM_sdata;
10154 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10155 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
10158 return DW_FORM_data1;
10160 return DW_FORM_data2;
10162 return DW_FORM_data4;
10164 return DW_FORM_data8;
10166 gcc_unreachable ();
10168 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10169 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10172 return DW_FORM_data2;
10174 return DW_FORM_data4;
10176 return DW_FORM_data8;
10179 return DW_FORM_block1;
10181 case dw_val_class_vec:
10182 switch (constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10183 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size))
10186 return DW_FORM_block1;
10188 return DW_FORM_block2;
10190 return DW_FORM_block4;
10192 gcc_unreachable ();
10194 case dw_val_class_flag:
10195 return DW_FORM_flag;
10196 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10197 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10198 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8 : DW_FORM_ref_addr;
10200 return DW_FORM_ref;
10201 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10202 return DW_FORM_data;
10203 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10204 return DW_FORM_addr;
10205 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10206 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10207 return DW_FORM_data;
10208 case dw_val_class_str:
10209 return AT_string_form (a);
10210 case dw_val_class_file:
10211 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)))
10214 return DW_FORM_data1;
10216 return DW_FORM_data2;
10218 return DW_FORM_data4;
10220 gcc_unreachable ();
10223 case dw_val_class_data8:
10224 return DW_FORM_data8;
10227 gcc_unreachable ();
10231 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
10234 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10236 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
10238 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
10241 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
10245 output_abbrev_section (void)
10247 unsigned long abbrev_id;
10249 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
10251 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
10253 dw_attr_ref a_attr;
10255 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
10256 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
10257 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
10259 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
10260 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
10262 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
10264 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr);
10267 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
10268 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
10269 output_value_format (a_attr);
10272 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10273 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10276 /* Terminate the table. */
10277 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10280 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
10283 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
10285 char *sym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10290 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
10291 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
10292 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
10294 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
10296 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
10299 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
10300 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
10301 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
10303 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
10304 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
10305 const char *section, unsigned int gensym)
10307 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_list_node);
10309 retlist->begin = begin;
10310 retlist->end = end;
10311 retlist->expr = expr;
10312 retlist->section = section;
10314 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
10319 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
10322 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr,
10323 const char *begin, const char *end,
10324 const char *section)
10326 dw_loc_list_ref *d;
10328 /* Find the end of the chain. */
10329 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
10332 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
10333 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
10336 /* Output the location list given to us. */
10339 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
10341 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
10343 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
10345 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
10346 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
10348 unsigned long size;
10349 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
10350 if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0)
10352 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
10354 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
10355 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10356 list_head->ll_symbol);
10357 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
10358 "Location list end address (%s)",
10359 list_head->ll_symbol);
10363 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
10364 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10365 list_head->ll_symbol);
10366 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
10367 "Location list end address (%s)",
10368 list_head->ll_symbol);
10370 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
10372 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10373 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
10374 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
10376 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
10379 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10380 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
10381 list_head->ll_symbol);
10382 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10383 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
10384 list_head->ll_symbol);
10387 /* Output a type signature. */
10390 output_signature (const char *sig, const char *name)
10394 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10395 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig[i], i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10398 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
10399 the definitions of each child DIE. */
10402 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
10406 unsigned long size;
10409 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
10410 them to point to. */
10411 if (dwarf_version < 4 && die->die_id.die_symbol)
10412 output_die_symbol (die);
10414 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
10415 (unsigned long)die->die_offset,
10416 dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
10418 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10420 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
10422 switch (AT_class (a))
10424 case dw_val_class_addr:
10425 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
10428 case dw_val_class_offset:
10429 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
10433 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10435 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
10437 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
10438 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
10439 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
10440 debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
10445 case dw_val_class_loc:
10446 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
10448 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10449 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
10451 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
10454 case dw_val_class_const:
10455 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
10456 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
10457 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
10458 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
10461 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10462 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
10463 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
10466 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10468 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
10470 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
10471 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
10472 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10473 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10476 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
10478 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10479 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10483 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10484 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10487 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10489 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10494 case dw_val_class_vec:
10496 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
10497 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
10501 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len * elt_size),
10502 len * elt_size, "%s", name);
10503 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
10508 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
10510 i++, p += elt_size)
10511 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
10512 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
10516 case dw_val_class_flag:
10517 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
10520 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10522 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
10525 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
10530 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10531 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10533 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10535 comdat_type_node_ref type_node =
10536 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node;
10538 gcc_assert (type_node);
10539 output_signature (type_node->signature, name);
10543 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol;
10547 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
10548 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
10550 if (dwarf_version == 2)
10551 size = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10553 size = DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10554 dw2_asm_output_offset (size, sym, debug_info_section, "%s",
10560 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
10561 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
10566 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10570 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
10571 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
10572 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
10577 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10578 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
10581 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10582 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10583 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
10586 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10587 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10588 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
10591 case dw_val_class_str:
10592 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
10593 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10594 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
10596 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
10598 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
10601 case dw_val_class_file:
10603 int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file);
10605 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name,
10606 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename);
10610 case dw_val_class_data8:
10614 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
10615 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i],
10616 i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10621 gcc_unreachable ();
10625 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c));
10627 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
10628 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10629 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
10630 (unsigned long) die->die_offset);
10633 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
10634 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
10637 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
10639 int ver = dwarf_version;
10641 /* Don't mark the output as DWARF-4 until we make full use of the
10642 version 4 extensions, and gdb supports them. For now, -gdwarf-4
10643 selects only a few extensions from the DWARF-4 spec. */
10646 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10647 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10648 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10649 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10650 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
10651 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
10652 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF version number");
10653 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
10654 debug_abbrev_section,
10655 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
10656 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
10659 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
10662 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
10664 const char *secname;
10665 char *oldsym, *tmp;
10667 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
10668 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
10671 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
10672 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
10673 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
10674 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
10675 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10678 build_abbrev_table (die);
10680 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10681 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
10682 calc_die_sizes (die);
10684 oldsym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10687 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym) + 24);
10689 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
10691 die->die_id.die_symbol = NULL;
10692 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
10695 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
10697 /* Output debugging information. */
10698 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10701 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
10702 output_pubnames. */
10706 die->die_id.die_symbol = oldsym;
10710 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
10713 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *node)
10715 const char *secname;
10718 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10722 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10723 mark_dies (node->root_die);
10725 build_abbrev_table (node->root_die);
10727 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10728 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
10729 calc_die_sizes (node->root_die);
10731 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10732 secname = ".debug_types";
10733 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
10734 sprintf (tmp, "wt.");
10735 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10736 sprintf (tmp + 3 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
10737 comdat_key = get_identifier (tmp);
10738 targetm.asm_out.named_section (secname,
10739 SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_LINKONCE,
10742 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
10743 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
10744 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10745 sprintf (tmp + 17 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
10747 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
10750 /* Output debugging information. */
10751 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10752 output_signature (node->signature, "Type Signature");
10753 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, node->type_die->die_offset,
10754 "Offset to Type DIE");
10755 output_die (node->root_die);
10757 unmark_dies (node->root_die);
10760 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
10762 static const char *
10763 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
10765 return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
10768 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
10771 add_pubname_string (const char *str, dw_die_ref die)
10776 e.name = xstrdup (str);
10777 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubname_table, &e);
10781 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10783 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
10785 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
10787 add_pubname_string (name, die);
10791 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
10794 add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10799 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10800 || die->die_parent == comp_unit_die)
10801 && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl)))
10806 if (TYPE_NAME (decl))
10808 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
10809 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl));
10810 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == TYPE_DECL
10811 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)))
10812 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)));
10814 e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name));
10819 e.name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
10821 e.name = xstrdup (e.name);
10824 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
10825 it to the table. */
10826 if (e.name && e.name[0] != '\0')
10827 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubtype_table, &e);
10831 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
10832 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
10835 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10838 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names);
10841 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10842 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10843 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10844 if (names == pubname_table)
10845 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
10846 "Length of Public Names Info");
10848 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
10849 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
10850 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10851 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10852 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
10853 debug_info_section,
10854 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10855 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
10856 "Compilation Unit Length");
10858 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, pub); i++)
10860 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10861 if (names == pubname_table)
10862 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
10864 if (names != pubtype_table
10865 || pub->die->die_offset != 0
10866 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10868 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
10871 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
10875 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
10878 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
10881 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10883 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10886 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
10888 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
10889 arange_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, arange_table,
10890 arange_table_allocated);
10891 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
10892 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
10895 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
10898 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
10899 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
10900 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
10903 output_aranges (void)
10906 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
10908 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10909 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10910 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10911 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
10912 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
10913 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10914 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10915 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
10916 debug_info_section,
10917 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10918 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
10919 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
10921 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
10922 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
10924 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
10926 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
10927 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
10928 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
10929 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
10932 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
10933 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
10934 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
10935 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
10936 confused with the terminator. */
10937 if (text_section_used)
10939 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
10940 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
10941 text_section_label, "Length");
10943 if (cold_text_section_used)
10945 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
10947 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
10948 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
10951 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
10953 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
10955 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10956 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
10958 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10960 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
10962 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
10963 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
10967 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
10968 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
10969 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
10970 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
10971 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
10973 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
10976 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
10978 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
10979 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
10980 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
10981 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
10986 /* Output the terminator words. */
10987 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
10988 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
10991 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
10994 static unsigned int
10995 add_ranges_num (int num)
10997 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
10999 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
11001 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11002 ranges_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct, ranges_table,
11003 ranges_table_allocated);
11004 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
11005 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
11008 ranges_table[in_use].num = num;
11009 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
11011 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
11014 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11015 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
11017 static unsigned int
11018 add_ranges (const_tree block)
11020 return add_ranges_num (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
11023 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11026 static unsigned int
11027 add_ranges_by_labels (const char *begin, const char *end)
11029 unsigned int in_use = ranges_by_label_in_use;
11031 if (in_use == ranges_by_label_allocated)
11033 ranges_by_label_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11034 ranges_by_label = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct,
11036 ranges_by_label_allocated);
11037 memset (ranges_by_label + ranges_by_label_in_use, 0,
11038 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11039 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct));
11042 ranges_by_label[in_use].begin = begin;
11043 ranges_by_label[in_use].end = end;
11044 ranges_by_label_in_use = in_use + 1;
11046 return add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use - 1);
11050 output_ranges (void)
11053 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
11054 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
11056 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
11058 int block_num = ranges_table[i].num;
11062 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11063 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11065 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
11066 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
11068 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11069 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11070 base of the text section. */
11071 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11073 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11074 text_section_label,
11075 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11076 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
11077 text_section_label, NULL);
11080 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11081 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11082 about whether the target supports cross-section
11086 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11087 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11088 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
11094 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11095 else if (block_num < 0)
11097 int lab_idx = - block_num - 1;
11099 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11101 gcc_unreachable ();
11103 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11104 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11105 the #if 0 above. */
11106 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11107 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11108 text_section_label,
11109 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11110 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11111 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11112 text_section_label, NULL);
11117 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11118 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11119 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11120 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11121 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11127 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11128 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11134 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11137 const char *path; /* Complete file name. */
11138 const char *fname; /* File name part. */
11139 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
11140 struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
11141 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
11144 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11148 const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
11149 int length; /* Path length. */
11150 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11151 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11152 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11155 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11156 the directories in the path. */
11159 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
11161 const struct file_info *const s1 = (const struct file_info *) p1;
11162 const struct file_info *const s2 = (const struct file_info *) p2;
11163 const unsigned char *cp1;
11164 const unsigned char *cp2;
11166 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
11167 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11168 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11169 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11170 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
11171 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
11172 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
11174 cp1 = (const unsigned char *) s1->path;
11175 cp2 = (const unsigned char *) s2->path;
11181 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
11182 if ((cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname)
11183 || (cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname))
11184 return ((cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname)
11185 - (cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname));
11187 /* Character of current path component the same? */
11188 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
11189 return *cp1 - *cp2;
11193 struct file_name_acquire_data
11195 struct file_info *files;
11200 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
11203 file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data)
11205 struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = (struct file_name_acquire_data *) data;
11206 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
11207 struct file_info *fi;
11210 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number);
11212 if (! d->emitted_number)
11215 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files);
11217 fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++;
11219 /* Skip all leading "./". */
11221 while (f[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f[1]))
11224 /* Create a new array entry. */
11226 fi->length = strlen (f);
11229 /* Search for the file name part. */
11230 f = strrchr (f, DIR_SEPARATOR);
11231 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
11233 char *g = strrchr (fi->path, DIR_SEPARATOR_2);
11237 if (f == NULL || f < g)
11243 fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1;
11247 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
11248 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
11249 slowdowns with many input files. */
11252 output_file_names (void)
11254 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad;
11256 struct file_info *files;
11257 struct dir_info *dirs;
11266 if (!last_emitted_file)
11268 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11269 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11273 numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number;
11275 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
11276 files = XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info, numfiles);
11277 dirs = XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info, numfiles);
11279 fnad.files = files;
11280 fnad.used_files = 0;
11281 fnad.max_files = numfiles;
11282 htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad);
11283 gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files);
11285 qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
11287 /* Find all the different directories used. */
11288 dirs[0].path = files[0].path;
11289 dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path;
11290 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
11292 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
11293 files[0].dir_idx = 0;
11296 for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++)
11297 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
11298 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
11299 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
11301 /* Same directory as last entry. */
11302 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
11303 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
11309 /* This is a new directory. */
11310 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
11311 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
11312 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
11313 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
11314 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
11316 /* Search for a prefix. */
11317 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
11318 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
11319 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
11320 && dirs[j].length > 1
11321 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
11322 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
11323 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
11324 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
11329 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
11330 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
11331 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
11332 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
11333 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
11334 results in most cases and never is much off. */
11335 saved = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11336 savehere = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11338 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
11339 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
11344 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
11345 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
11346 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
11347 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
11349 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
11352 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
11354 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
11358 k = dirs[j].prefix;
11359 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
11360 k = dirs[k].prefix;
11364 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
11365 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
11367 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
11368 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
11373 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
11375 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
11377 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
11378 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
11379 if (savehere[j] > 0)
11381 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
11382 saved[j] = savehere[j];
11384 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
11385 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
11390 /* Emit the directory name table. */
11392 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
11393 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
11394 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path,
11396 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR,
11397 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", i + idx_offset);
11399 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11401 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
11402 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
11403 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
11404 backmap = XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles);
11405 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11406 backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i;
11408 /* Now write all the file names. */
11409 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11411 int file_idx = backmap[i];
11412 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
11414 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11415 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
11417 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
11418 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
11423 int maxfilelen = strlen (files[file_idx].path)
11424 + dirs[dir_idx].length
11425 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN + 1;
11426 char *filebuf = XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen);
11428 vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, 0, 0, &ver);
11429 snprintf (filebuf, maxfilelen, "%s;%d",
11430 files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, ver);
11432 dw2_asm_output_nstring
11433 (filebuf, -1, "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11435 /* Include directory index. */
11436 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11438 /* Modification time. */
11439 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11440 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, &cdt, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
11444 /* File length in bytes. */
11445 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11446 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, &siz, 0, 0) == 0)
11450 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
11451 "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11453 /* Include directory index. */
11454 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11456 /* Modification time. */
11457 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11459 /* File length in bytes. */
11460 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11464 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11468 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
11469 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
11472 output_line_info (void)
11474 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
11475 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11476 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11478 unsigned n_op_args;
11479 unsigned long lt_index;
11480 unsigned long current_line;
11483 unsigned long current_file;
11484 unsigned long function;
11485 int ver = dwarf_version;
11487 /* Don't mark the output as DWARF-4 until we make full use of the
11488 version 4 extensions, and gdb supports them. For now, -gdwarf-4
11489 selects only a few extensions from the DWARF-4 spec. */
11493 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
11494 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
11495 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
11496 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
11498 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11499 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11500 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11501 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
11502 "Length of Source Line Info");
11503 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
11505 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF Version");
11506 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
11507 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
11509 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
11510 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
11511 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
11512 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
11513 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
11514 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
11515 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
11516 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
11517 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
11518 "Minimum Instruction Length");
11520 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
11521 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
11522 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
11523 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
11524 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
11525 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
11526 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
11527 "Special Opcode Base");
11529 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
11533 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
11534 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
11535 case DW_LNS_set_file:
11536 case DW_LNS_set_column:
11537 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
11545 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
11549 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
11550 output_file_names ();
11551 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
11553 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
11554 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
11555 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
11557 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
11558 a series of state machine operations. */
11562 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
11563 strcpy (prev_line_label, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
11565 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
11566 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
11568 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
11571 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
11572 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
11575 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
11576 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
11577 that anything after the last address is this line. */
11578 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11579 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
11583 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
11585 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
11586 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
11587 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
11588 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
11589 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
11590 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
11592 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
11595 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
11596 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11597 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11598 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11602 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
11603 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
11604 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11605 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11606 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11607 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11610 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
11612 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11613 different from the previous line. */
11614 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
11616 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
11617 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11618 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
11621 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11622 that uses the least amount of space. */
11623 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
11625 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
11626 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
11627 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
11628 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
11629 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
11630 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
11632 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
11633 "line %lu", current_line);
11636 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
11637 depending on the value being encoded. */
11638 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
11639 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
11640 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
11641 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11645 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
11646 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11649 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11652 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11653 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11654 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11658 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11659 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11660 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11661 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
11664 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11665 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
11666 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
11671 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
11673 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
11674 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
11677 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
11678 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11679 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
11680 && line_info->function == function)
11684 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
11685 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
11686 to handle it differently. */
11687 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
11689 if (function != line_info->function)
11691 function = line_info->function;
11693 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
11694 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11695 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11696 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11697 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11701 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
11704 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11705 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11706 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11710 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11711 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11712 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11713 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11717 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
11719 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11720 different from the previous line. */
11721 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
11723 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
11724 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11725 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
11728 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11729 that uses the least amount of space. */
11730 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
11732 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
11733 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
11734 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
11735 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
11736 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
11737 "line %lu", current_line);
11740 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
11741 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
11742 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
11743 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11747 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11755 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
11756 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
11757 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
11762 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11763 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
11766 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11767 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11768 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11772 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11773 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11774 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11775 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11778 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
11779 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11780 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
11781 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
11785 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
11786 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
11789 /* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */
11791 static unsigned long
11792 size_of_dcall_table (void)
11794 unsigned long size;
11797 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
11799 /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */
11800 size = 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
11802 /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */
11803 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
11805 gcc_assert (p->targ_die != NULL);
11806 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11807 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
11809 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
11810 gcc_assert (poc_die);
11811 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
11813 size += (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
11814 + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset));
11816 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset);
11822 /* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11823 identical function have been merged. */
11826 output_dcall_table (void)
11829 unsigned long dcall_length = size_of_dcall_table ();
11831 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11832 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
11834 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11835 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11836 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11837 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, dcall_length,
11838 "Length of Direct Call Table");
11839 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11840 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
11841 debug_info_section,
11842 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11843 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11845 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
11847 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11848 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
11850 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
11851 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
11854 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, "New caller");
11855 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset,
11856 "Caller DIE offset");
11859 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
11860 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
11861 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset,
11862 "Callee DIE offset");
11866 /* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */
11868 static unsigned long
11869 size_of_vcall_table (void)
11871 unsigned long size;
11875 /* Header: version + pointer size. */
11878 /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */
11879 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
11880 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot);
11885 /* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11886 identical function have been merged. */
11889 output_vcall_table (void)
11892 unsigned long vcall_length = size_of_vcall_table ();
11894 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11896 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11897 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11898 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11899 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, vcall_length,
11900 "Length of Virtual Call Table");
11901 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11902 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11904 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
11906 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
11907 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
11908 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot, "Vtable slot");
11912 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
11913 a DIE that describes the given type.
11915 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
11916 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
11919 base_type_die (tree type)
11921 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
11922 enum dwarf_type encoding;
11924 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
11927 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
11928 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
11929 if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE)
11930 type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11932 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11935 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
11937 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11938 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
11940 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
11942 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11943 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
11945 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
11949 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
11951 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
11952 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
11954 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
11957 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
11960 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
11961 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
11962 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
11963 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11964 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed;
11966 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_fixed;
11969 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
11970 a user defined type for it. */
11972 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
11973 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
11975 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
11979 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
11980 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
11984 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
11985 gcc_unreachable ();
11988 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
11990 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
11991 if (! TYPE_NAME (type))
11992 add_name_attribute (base_type_result, "__unknown__");
11994 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
11995 int_size_in_bytes (type));
11996 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
11998 return base_type_result;
12001 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12002 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12005 is_base_type (tree type)
12007 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12013 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
12021 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12022 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12023 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12026 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12033 gcc_unreachable ();
12039 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12040 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12041 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12042 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12043 ERROR_MARK node. */
12045 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12046 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
12048 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
12049 return BITS_PER_WORD;
12050 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
12052 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
12053 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
12055 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
12058 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12059 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12062 subrange_type_die (tree type, tree low, tree high, dw_die_ref context_die)
12064 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
12065 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
12067 if (context_die == NULL)
12068 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12070 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
12072 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
12074 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12075 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12076 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
12080 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, low);
12082 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, high);
12084 return subrange_die;
12087 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12088 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12091 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
12092 dw_die_ref context_die)
12094 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
12095 dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
12096 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
12097 tree item_type = NULL;
12098 tree qualified_type;
12099 tree name, low, high;
12101 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
12104 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12107 = get_qualified_type (type,
12108 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
12109 | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
12111 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12112 if (qualified_type)
12114 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12116 return mod_type_die;
12119 name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
12121 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12122 if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name))
12124 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
12126 if (qualified_type == dtype)
12128 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12129 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
12130 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12132 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12133 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12134 || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12135 && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12136 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
12137 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
12138 type to which it refers. */
12139 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
12140 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
12142 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
12147 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12148 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
12150 else if (is_volatile_type)
12152 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12153 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
12155 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
12157 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12158 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12159 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12160 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12161 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12162 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12163 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12165 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
12167 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12168 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12169 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12170 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12171 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12172 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12173 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12175 else if (code == INTEGER_TYPE
12176 && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE
12177 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type, &low, &high))
12179 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, low, high, context_die);
12180 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12182 else if (is_base_type (type))
12183 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
12186 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12188 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
12189 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
12190 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
12191 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
12192 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
12194 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12195 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
12197 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
12198 not the main variant. */
12199 return lookup_type_die (type);
12202 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
12203 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
12204 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
12205 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
12206 if the base type already has the same name. */
12208 && ((TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL
12209 && (qualified_type == TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type)
12210 || (!is_const_type && !is_volatile_type)))
12211 || (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL
12212 && TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type
12213 && DECL_NAME (name))))
12215 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
12216 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
12217 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
12218 useful source coordinates anyway. */
12219 name = DECL_NAME (name);
12220 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
12223 if (qualified_type)
12224 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
12227 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
12228 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
12229 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
12230 types are possible in Ada. */
12231 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
12232 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
12233 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
12236 if (sub_die != NULL)
12237 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
12239 return mod_type_die;
12242 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
12243 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
12244 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
12247 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t)
12251 dw_die_ref die = NULL;
12253 if (!t || (TYPE_P (t) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t)))
12257 die = lookup_type_die (t);
12258 else if (DECL_P (t))
12259 die = lookup_decl_die (t);
12263 parms = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t);
12265 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
12266 or function. End of story. */
12269 parms_num = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms);
12270 args = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_args (t);
12271 for (i = 0; i < parms_num; i++)
12273 tree parm, arg, arg_pack_elems;
12275 parm = TREE_VEC_ELT (parms, i);
12276 arg = TREE_VEC_ELT (args, i);
12277 arg_pack_elems = lang_hooks.types.get_argument_pack_elems (arg);
12278 gcc_assert (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg);
12280 if (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg)
12282 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
12283 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
12284 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
12285 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
12286 an argument pack. */
12287 if (arg_pack_elems)
12288 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm),
12292 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm), arg,
12293 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die);
12298 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
12299 the representation of a generic type parameter.
12300 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
12301 ARG is the argument to PARM.
12302 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
12304 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
12305 as a child node. */
12308 generic_parameter_die (tree parm, tree arg,
12310 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12312 dw_die_ref tmpl_die = NULL;
12313 const char *name = NULL;
12315 if (!parm || !DECL_NAME (parm) || !arg)
12318 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
12319 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
12320 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
12322 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12323 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
12324 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param, parent_die, parm);
12325 else if (TREE_CODE (parm) == TYPE_DECL)
12326 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
12327 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param, parent_die, parm);
12328 else if (lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12329 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
12330 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
12331 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
12332 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
12333 name of the template template argument. */
12334 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param,
12337 gcc_unreachable ();
12343 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
12344 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
12345 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
12346 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
12350 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm));
12352 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_name, name);
12355 if (!lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12357 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
12358 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
12359 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
12360 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
12361 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
12362 tmpl_type = TYPE_P (arg) ? arg : TREE_TYPE (arg);
12363 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die, tmpl_type, 0,
12364 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type),
12369 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
12370 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
12371 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
12373 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
12374 to the name of the argument. */
12375 name = dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg) ? TYPE_NAME (arg) : arg, 1);
12377 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_GNU_template_name, name);
12380 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12381 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
12382 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
12383 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
12385 We must be careful here:
12386 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
12387 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
12388 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
12389 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
12390 emitted after cgraph computations.
12391 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
12392 after cgraph is ready. */
12393 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die, arg);
12399 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
12400 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
12401 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
12404 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
12405 tree parm_pack_args,
12406 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12411 gcc_assert (parent_die && parm_pack);
12413 die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack, parent_die, parm_pack);
12414 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, parm_pack);
12415 for (j = 0; j < TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args); j++)
12416 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack,
12417 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args, j),
12418 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
12423 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
12424 an enumerated type. */
12427 type_is_enum (const_tree type)
12429 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
12432 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
12434 static unsigned int
12435 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl)
12437 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
12439 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
12441 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12442 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12444 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
12445 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12446 regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12450 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
12453 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
12454 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
12455 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
12458 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
12460 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
12462 if (*list_head != NULL)
12464 /* Find the end of the chain. */
12465 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
12468 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
12469 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
12473 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
12474 zero if there is none. */
12476 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12477 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
12481 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12484 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
12486 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
12487 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized);
12489 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl), initialized);
12492 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
12493 a given hard register number. */
12495 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12496 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized)
12498 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr;
12502 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + regno), 0, 0);
12504 reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
12506 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12507 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12509 return reg_loc_descr;
12512 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
12513 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
12515 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12516 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs,
12517 enum var_init_status initialized)
12519 int nregs, size, i;
12521 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12524 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12525 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12527 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
12528 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12529 reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12532 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
12533 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
12535 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
12536 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
12538 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
12543 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12545 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg),
12546 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12547 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12548 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12554 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
12556 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
12558 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12561 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
12563 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12565 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)),
12566 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12567 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12568 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12569 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12572 if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12573 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12577 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12579 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
12581 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
12583 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12584 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12586 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12588 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
12589 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
12593 op = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_lit0 + i);
12594 else if (i <= 0xff)
12595 op = DW_OP_const1u;
12596 else if (i <= 0xffff)
12597 op = DW_OP_const2u;
12598 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12599 || i <= 0xffffffff)
12600 op = DW_OP_const4u;
12607 op = DW_OP_const1s;
12608 else if (i >= -0x8000)
12609 op = DW_OP_const2s;
12610 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12611 || i >= -0x80000000)
12612 op = DW_OP_const4s;
12617 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
12621 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
12622 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
12623 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
12625 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12626 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size, HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12629 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12631 if (!(dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
12638 else if (i <= 0xff)
12640 else if (i <= 0xffff)
12642 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12643 || i <= 0xffffffff)
12646 litsize = 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i);
12652 else if (i >= -0x8000)
12654 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12655 || i >= -0x80000000)
12658 litsize = 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i);
12660 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
12661 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
12662 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
12663 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
12664 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
12665 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE >= size && litsize + 1 <= 1 + 1 + size)
12667 loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (i);
12668 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
12669 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
12673 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
12675 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
12676 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int = i;
12680 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
12682 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12683 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
12684 enum var_init_status initialized)
12686 unsigned int regno;
12687 dw_loc_descr_ref result;
12688 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
12690 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
12691 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
12692 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
12693 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
12694 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
12696 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
12700 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
12702 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
12703 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
12705 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
12706 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12707 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
12708 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
12709 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12710 : stack_pointer_rtx));
12712 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
12713 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
12714 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
12715 access stack variables. */
12716 if (crtl->stack_realign_tried
12717 && reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
12720 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
12721 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
12722 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
12723 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg, offset);
12726 offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
12727 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
12731 && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM
12732 && (fde->drap_reg == REGNO (reg)
12733 || fde->vdrap_reg == REGNO (reg)))
12735 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
12736 on stack when drap is used to align stack. */
12737 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
12740 regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
12742 result = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + regno),
12745 result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
12747 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12748 add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12753 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
12756 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl)
12758 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
12759 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
12760 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
12761 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))));
12764 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
12767 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12768 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem)
12771 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
12773 if (MEM_EXPR (mem) == NULL_TREE || MEM_OFFSET (mem) == NULL_RTX)
12776 base = get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem));
12778 || TREE_CODE (base) != VAR_DECL
12779 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base))
12782 loc_result = loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem), 1);
12783 if (loc_result == NULL)
12786 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)))
12787 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)));
12792 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
12796 expansion_failed (tree expr, rtx rtl, char const *reason)
12798 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
12800 fprintf (dump_file, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
12802 print_generic_expr (dump_file, expr, dump_flags);
12805 fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
12806 print_rtl (dump_file, rtl);
12808 fprintf (dump_file, "\nReason: %s\n", reason);
12812 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
12813 or via for_each_rtx. */
12816 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx *rtlp, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12820 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != SYMBOL_REF)
12823 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
12826 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
12827 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
12828 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
12831 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12832 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
12837 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
12840 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
12841 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
12842 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
12843 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
12844 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
12845 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl))
12847 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl);
12849 if (decl == NULL || !targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
12851 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12852 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
12860 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
12861 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
12862 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
12865 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl)
12867 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF)
12868 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl, NULL) == 0;
12870 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST)
12871 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), const_ok_for_output_1, NULL) == 0;
12876 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
12877 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
12878 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
12879 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
12881 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
12882 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
12883 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
12884 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
12886 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
12887 autoincrement addressing modes.
12889 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
12890 location list for RTL.
12892 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
12894 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12895 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
12896 enum var_init_status initialized)
12898 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
12899 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12900 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
12902 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
12903 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
12904 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
12905 zeroth element of the array. */
12907 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
12909 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
12914 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
12917 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
12918 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
12919 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
12920 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
12921 contains the given subreg. */
12922 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl))
12924 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
12925 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12927 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl)) != MODE_INT)
12929 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, initialized);
12933 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
12934 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
12935 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
12936 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
12937 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
12938 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
12939 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
12940 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
12941 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
12942 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
12943 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
12944 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
12945 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
12946 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12947 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12948 else if (stack_realign_drap
12950 && crtl->args.internal_arg_pointer == rtl
12951 && REGNO (crtl->drap_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12953 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
12954 out, use DRAP instead. */
12955 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (crtl->drap_reg, 0,
12956 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12962 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
12963 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12968 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12969 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
12970 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
12971 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTEND)
12975 mem_loc_result = op0;
12976 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
12977 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
12978 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
12979 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
12984 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
12985 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12986 if (mem_loc_result == NULL)
12987 mem_loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
12988 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
12989 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
12993 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
12995 /* ... fall through ... */
12998 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
12999 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13003 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
13004 by a different symbol. */
13005 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
13008 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
13010 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
13013 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
13014 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
13019 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
13020 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
13021 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
13022 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
13025 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13026 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
13031 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
13032 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
13034 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13036 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
13037 if (!targetm.have_tls || !targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
13040 temp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13041 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13042 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13043 temp->dtprel = true;
13045 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
13046 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, temp);
13051 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13055 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13056 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13057 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13058 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
13064 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13065 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13069 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13070 PLUS code below. */
13071 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13076 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13078 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
13079 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
13080 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
13081 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
13083 /* ... fall through ... */
13087 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
13088 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
13089 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
13090 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13093 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13094 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13095 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
13098 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13099 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13102 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
13103 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13104 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13105 if (mem_loc_result2 == 0)
13107 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_result2);
13108 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13109 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
13114 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
13115 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
13157 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13158 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13159 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13160 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13162 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13165 mem_loc_result = op0;
13166 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13167 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13183 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13184 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13189 mem_loc_result = op0;
13190 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13194 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
13222 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) != MODE_INT
13223 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13224 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13227 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13228 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13229 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13230 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13232 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13235 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13237 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13238 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13239 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13240 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13241 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13242 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13243 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift);
13246 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13247 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13252 mem_loc_result = op0;
13253 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13254 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13255 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1)
13257 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13258 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE));
13259 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13280 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) != MODE_INT
13281 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13282 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13285 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13286 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13287 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13288 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13290 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13293 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13295 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13296 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13297 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13298 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13299 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & mask);
13302 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13303 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13308 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13309 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13310 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13311 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13312 op1 = int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bias
13313 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13315 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13323 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) != MODE_INT
13324 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13325 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13328 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13329 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13330 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13331 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13333 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13336 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
13337 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13338 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13339 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMAX)
13341 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13343 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13344 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13345 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13346 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13347 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13351 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13352 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13353 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13354 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13357 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13359 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13360 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13361 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13362 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13363 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13364 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13365 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13368 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN)
13372 mem_loc_result = op0;
13373 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13374 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13376 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, drop_node;
13378 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
13379 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, bra_node);
13380 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13381 drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
13382 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, drop_node);
13383 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
13384 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node;
13390 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13391 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13392 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13393 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13394 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)))
13395 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13396 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13399 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13400 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13403 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTRACT)
13407 mem_loc_result = op0;
13408 size = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13409 shift = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2));
13410 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13411 shift = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13413 if (shift + size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13415 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13416 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13418 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13420 if (size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13422 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13423 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - size));
13424 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13434 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
13435 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
13452 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
13454 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
13457 case FRACT_CONVERT:
13458 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT:
13460 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT:
13471 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
13472 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
13477 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
13481 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13482 print_rtl (stderr, rtl);
13483 gcc_unreachable ();
13489 if (mem_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13490 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13492 return mem_loc_result;
13495 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
13496 This is typically a complex variable. */
13498 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13499 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1, enum var_init_status initialized)
13501 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13502 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
13503 = loc_descriptor (x0, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13504 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
13505 = loc_descriptor (x1, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13507 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
13510 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
13511 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
13513 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
13514 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
13516 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13517 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13519 return cc_loc_result;
13522 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
13525 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13526 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum var_init_status initialized)
13529 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13530 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
13532 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
13534 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
13535 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
13537 ref = loc_descriptor (x, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13541 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
13542 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
13545 if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13546 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13548 return cc_loc_result;
13551 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
13552 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
13553 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
13554 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
13555 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
13557 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
13558 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
13559 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
13561 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
13563 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13564 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
13565 enum var_init_status initialized)
13567 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
13569 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
13572 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13573 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13574 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13575 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13576 contains the given subreg. */
13577 loc_result = loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl), mode, initialized);
13581 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
13586 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13590 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
13592 if (loc_result == NULL)
13593 loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
13597 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1),
13602 loc_result = concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
13607 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != PARALLEL)
13609 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 1), 0), mode,
13614 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13619 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
13620 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
13621 enum machine_mode mode;
13624 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
13625 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
13626 VOIDmode, initialized);
13627 if (loc_result == NULL)
13629 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
13630 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
13631 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
13633 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13635 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
13636 VOIDmode, initialized);
13639 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
13640 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
13641 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
13647 if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode)
13648 loc_result = address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode),
13653 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13655 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
13656 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
13657 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
13658 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
13659 if (GET_MODE (rtl) != VOIDmode)
13660 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13662 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13663 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
13664 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
13666 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
13667 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
13669 insert_float (rtl, array);
13670 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
13671 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4;
13672 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4;
13673 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
13677 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
13678 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double.high
13679 = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl);
13680 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double.low
13681 = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl);
13687 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13689 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
13690 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
13691 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
13695 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13696 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
13698 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
13699 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
13701 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
13702 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
13704 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
13712 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
13713 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
13717 gcc_unreachable ();
13720 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
13721 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
13724 unsigned char *p0 = p;
13725 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
13727 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
13728 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13733 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
13734 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
13739 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
13740 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
13742 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
13743 insert_float (elt, p);
13748 gcc_unreachable ();
13751 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13752 length * elt_size, 0);
13753 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
13754 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length;
13755 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
13756 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
13761 if (mode == VOIDmode
13762 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_INT
13763 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
13764 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR)
13766 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13771 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13774 if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13775 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13777 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13778 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0);
13779 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13780 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_addr = rtl;
13781 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
13786 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE (rtl) == mode
13787 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13788 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13790 /* Value expression. */
13791 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode, initialized);
13793 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
13794 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13802 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
13803 address ranges where a given location is valid.
13804 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
13805 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
13806 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
13807 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
13809 static const char *
13810 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl)
13812 const char *secname;
13814 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
13816 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
13817 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
13819 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
13821 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
13822 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
13824 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
13825 secname = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
13827 secname = text_section_label;
13832 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
13835 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl)
13837 return ((TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL
13838 || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
13839 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl));
13842 /* Return single element location list containing loc descr REF. */
13844 static dw_loc_list_ref
13845 single_element_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref ref)
13847 return new_loc_list (ref, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0);
13850 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
13853 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13854 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc, rtx varloc, int want_address,
13855 enum var_init_status initialized)
13857 int have_address = 0;
13858 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
13859 enum machine_mode mode;
13861 if (want_address != 2)
13863 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION);
13865 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (varloc, 1)) != PARALLEL)
13867 varloc = XEXP (XEXP (varloc, 1), 0);
13868 mode = GET_MODE (varloc);
13869 if (MEM_P (varloc))
13871 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
13874 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized);
13881 descr = loc_descriptor (varloc, DECL_MODE (loc), initialized);
13888 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
13889 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13891 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13893 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
13894 "DWARF address size mismatch");
13897 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13900 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
13901 if (want_address && !have_address)
13903 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
13904 "Want address and only have value");
13908 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
13909 if (!want_address && have_address)
13911 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
13912 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
13914 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
13916 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
13917 "DWARF address size mismatch");
13920 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13923 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
13925 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
13931 /* Return dwarf representation of location list representing for
13932 LOC_LIST of DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in
13933 loc_list_from_tree function. */
13935 static dw_loc_list_ref
13936 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list * loc_list, tree decl, int want_address)
13938 const char *endname, *secname;
13939 dw_loc_list_ref list;
13941 enum var_init_status initialized;
13942 struct var_loc_node *node;
13943 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
13944 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
13946 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
13947 actually construct the list of locations.
13948 The first location information is what is passed to the
13949 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
13950 locations just get added on to that list.
13951 Note that we only know the start address for a location
13952 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
13953 the range [current location start, next location start].
13954 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
13955 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
13957 node = loc_list->first;
13958 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
13960 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note))
13961 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
13963 initialized = VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED;
13964 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
13965 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
13967 if (loc_list && loc_list->first != loc_list->last)
13968 list = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, node->next->label, secname, 1);
13970 return single_element_loc_list (descr);
13976 for (; node->next; node = node->next)
13977 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
13979 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
13980 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
13981 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
13982 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
13983 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
13984 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list, descr,
13985 node->label, node->next->label, secname);
13988 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
13989 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
13990 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
13992 if (!current_function_decl)
13993 endname = text_end_label;
13996 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
13997 current_function_funcdef_no);
13998 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
14001 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
14002 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
14003 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
14004 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list, descr, node->label, endname, secname);
14009 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
14010 as location description. */
14013 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list)
14015 return (!list->dw_loc_next && !list->begin && !list->end);
14018 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
14021 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list, dw_loc_descr_ref ref)
14023 dw_loc_descr_ref copy;
14024 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, ref);
14025 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14028 copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14029 memcpy (copy, ref, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14030 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, copy);
14031 while (copy->dw_loc_next)
14033 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14034 memcpy (new_copy, copy->dw_loc_next, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14035 copy->dw_loc_next = new_copy;
14038 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14042 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
14043 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
14044 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
14045 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
14047 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
14048 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
14049 and merging them that will need some additional work.
14050 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
14054 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *ret, dw_loc_list_ref list)
14063 if (!list->dw_loc_next)
14065 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret, list->expr);
14068 if (!(*ret)->dw_loc_next)
14070 add_loc_descr_to_each (list, (*ret)->expr);
14074 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX,
14075 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
14076 " location lists.\n");
14081 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
14082 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
14084 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14085 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc)
14087 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
14088 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
14089 enum machine_mode mode;
14091 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
14096 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
14098 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
14099 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
14101 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0))))
14103 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14104 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
14107 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14108 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14109 return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14112 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
14113 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
14114 into simple arithmetics. */
14116 static dw_loc_list_ref
14117 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc, bool toplev)
14120 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14121 enum machine_mode mode;
14123 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14124 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14126 obj = get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0),
14127 &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14128 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14130 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT)
14132 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "bitfield access");
14135 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj))
14137 expansion_failed (obj,
14138 NULL_RTX, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
14141 if (!offset && !bitpos)
14142 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), toplev ? 2 : 1);
14144 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14145 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14147 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), 0);
14152 /* Variable offset. */
14153 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14154 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14156 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14159 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14160 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14162 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14164 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14165 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
14167 else if (bytepos < 0)
14168 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14169 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14170 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14176 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
14177 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
14178 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
14179 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
14180 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
14181 to refer to register values). */
14183 static dw_loc_list_ref
14184 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
14186 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL, ret1 = NULL;
14187 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14188 int have_address = 0;
14189 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14191 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
14192 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
14195 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
14198 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "ERROR_MARK");
14201 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
14202 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
14203 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
14204 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
14205 the names of types. */
14206 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
14210 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CALL_EXPR");
14211 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14214 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
14215 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
14216 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
14217 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
14218 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
14219 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14223 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
14224 e.g. for &this->field. */
14227 list_ret = loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
14228 (loc, want_address == 2);
14231 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
14232 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14235 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
14236 if (!list_ret && !ret)
14237 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
14241 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
14247 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
14250 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op;
14251 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op;
14252 bool dtprel = false;
14254 if (targetm.have_tls)
14256 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
14258 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
14261 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
14262 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
14264 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc) && !targetm.binds_local_p (loc))
14266 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14268 second_op = DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address;
14272 if (!targetm.emutls.debug_form_tls_address
14273 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
14275 loc = emutls_decl (loc);
14276 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14277 second_op = DW_OP_form_tls_address;
14280 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14281 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14286 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14287 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
14290 ret = new_loc_descr (first_op, 0, 0);
14291 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14292 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14293 ret->dtprel = dtprel;
14295 ret1 = new_loc_descr (second_op, 0, 0);
14296 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
14304 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
14305 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
14310 case FUNCTION_DECL:
14312 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14313 var_loc_list *loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (loc);
14315 if (loc_list && loc_list->first
14316 && (list_ret = dw_loc_list (loc_list, loc, want_address)))
14317 have_address = want_address != 0;
14318 else if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14320 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "DECL has no RTL");
14323 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl))
14325 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
14326 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14327 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
14328 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
14330 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
14332 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CONST_STRING");
14335 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl) && const_ok_for_output (rtl))
14337 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
14338 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14339 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14343 enum machine_mode mode;
14345 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
14346 if (want_address == 2)
14348 ret = loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode,
14349 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14354 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14357 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14360 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14363 expansion_failed (loc, rtl,
14364 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
14370 case ALIGN_INDIRECT_REF:
14371 case MISALIGNED_INDIRECT_REF:
14372 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14376 case COMPOUND_EXPR:
14377 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
14380 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
14383 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
14385 case COMPONENT_REF:
14386 case BIT_FIELD_REF:
14388 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
14389 case REALPART_EXPR:
14390 case IMAGPART_EXPR:
14393 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14394 enum machine_mode mode;
14396 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14398 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14399 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14401 gcc_assert (obj != loc);
14403 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (obj,
14405 && !bitpos && !offset ? 2 : 1);
14406 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
14407 for nonzero bitpos. */
14410 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
14412 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14413 "bitfield access");
14417 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
14419 /* Variable offset. */
14420 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14421 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14423 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14426 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14429 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14431 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
14432 else if (bytepos < 0)
14433 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14440 if ((want_address || !host_integerp (loc, 0))
14441 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14443 else if (want_address == 2
14444 && host_integerp (loc, 0)
14445 && (ret = address_of_int_loc_descriptor
14446 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)),
14447 tree_low_cst (loc, 0))))
14449 else if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
14450 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
14453 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14454 "Integer operand is not host integer");
14463 if ((ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14466 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
14467 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14468 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
14471 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
14472 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
14477 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
14482 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
14483 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
14488 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
14489 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
14490 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
14491 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
14499 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
14500 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
14501 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
14502 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
14515 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
14518 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
14520 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
14521 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
14523 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14527 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0));
14535 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14542 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14549 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14556 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14571 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14572 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14573 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
14576 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14579 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14582 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
14596 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14600 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14606 const enum tree_code code =
14607 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
14609 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
14610 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
14611 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
14612 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
14615 /* ... fall through ... */
14619 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
14620 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14621 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
14622 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
14623 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
14625 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14626 if (list_ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
14629 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
14630 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, bra_node);
14632 add_loc_list (&list_ret, rhs);
14633 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
14634 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, jump_node);
14636 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, lhs);
14637 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14638 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
14640 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
14641 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
14642 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, tmp);
14643 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14644 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
14648 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
14652 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
14653 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
14654 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
14655 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
14657 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14658 "language specific tree node");
14662 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14663 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
14664 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
14665 gcc_unreachable ();
14667 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
14668 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
14673 if (!ret && !list_ret)
14676 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
14677 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14679 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14681 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14682 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14686 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14688 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14689 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14692 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14693 if (want_address && !have_address)
14695 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14696 "Want address and only have value");
14700 gcc_assert (!ret || !list_ret);
14702 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14703 if (!want_address && have_address)
14705 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14707 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
14709 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14710 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14713 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14716 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
14719 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14721 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14724 list_ret = single_element_loc_list (ret);
14729 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
14730 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14731 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
14733 dw_loc_list_ref ret = loc_list_from_tree (loc, want_address);
14736 if (ret->dw_loc_next)
14738 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14739 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
14745 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
14746 which is not less than the value itself. */
14748 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14749 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
14751 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
14754 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
14755 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
14756 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
14757 ERROR_MARK node. */
14760 field_type (const_tree decl)
14764 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
14765 return integer_type_node;
14767 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
14768 if (type == NULL_TREE)
14769 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
14774 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
14775 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
14776 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
14778 static inline unsigned
14779 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type)
14781 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
14784 static inline unsigned
14785 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl)
14787 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
14790 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
14792 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14793 round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t, unsigned int align)
14795 /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be
14796 either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion
14797 rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the
14798 direct multiplication and division unpredictable. */
14799 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) t;
14805 return (HOST_WIDE_INT) u;
14808 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
14809 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
14810 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
14811 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
14812 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
14815 static HOST_WIDE_INT
14816 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl)
14818 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
14819 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
14821 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
14824 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
14826 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
14827 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
14828 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
14829 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
14832 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
14834 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
14835 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS)
14838 tree field_size_tree;
14839 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
14840 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
14841 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
14842 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
14843 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
14845 type = field_type (decl);
14846 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
14847 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
14849 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
14851 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
14852 a flexible array member. */
14853 if (!field_size_tree)
14854 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
14856 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
14857 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
14858 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
14860 field_size_in_bits = type_size_in_bits;
14862 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
14864 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
14865 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
14866 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
14867 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
14868 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
14869 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
14870 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
14871 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
14872 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
14874 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
14876 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
14877 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
14878 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
14879 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
14880 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
14881 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
14882 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
14883 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
14884 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
14885 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
14886 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
14888 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
14889 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
14890 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
14891 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
14892 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
14893 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
14894 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
14895 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
14896 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
14897 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
14900 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
14901 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
14902 must have believed that the containing object started (within
14903 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
14904 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
14905 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
14906 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
14908 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
14909 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
14910 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
14912 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
14913 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
14915 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
14917 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
14919 object_offset_in_bits
14920 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, type_align_in_bits);
14922 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
14924 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
14926 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
14927 object_offset_in_bits
14928 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, decl_align_in_bits);
14933 object_offset_in_bits = bitpos_int;
14935 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14938 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
14939 associated with them. */
14941 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
14943 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
14944 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
14945 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
14948 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
14949 dw_loc_list_ref descr)
14953 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr))
14954 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr->expr);
14956 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, descr);
14959 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
14960 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
14961 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
14962 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
14963 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
14964 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
14967 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
14968 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
14969 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
14970 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
14971 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
14972 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
14973 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
14974 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
14975 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
14976 function below.) */
14979 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
14981 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
14982 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
14984 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
14986 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
14987 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
14989 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
14990 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
14991 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
14992 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
14994 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
14996 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
14998 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
15000 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
15001 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
15002 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15004 /* Extract the vtable address. */
15005 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15006 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15008 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
15009 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
15010 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
15012 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
15013 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15014 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
15015 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15017 /* Extract the offset. */
15018 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15019 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15021 /* Add it to the object address. */
15022 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
15023 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15026 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
15029 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
15033 if (dwarf_version > 2)
15035 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
15036 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset);
15041 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
15043 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
15044 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
15045 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
15047 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
15048 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
15049 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
15053 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
15056 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
15060 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
15063 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
15066 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
15070 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
15076 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
15078 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15079 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
15081 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
15087 val |= *--src & 0xff;
15093 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
15096 insert_float (const_rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
15098 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
15102 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
15103 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
15105 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
15106 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
15108 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
15113 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
15114 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
15115 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
15116 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
15117 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
15120 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
15122 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
15126 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
15129 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
15131 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
15136 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
15137 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
15138 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
15141 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15143 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
15145 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
15146 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
15148 insert_float (rtl, array);
15149 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
15152 add_AT_double (die, DW_AT_const_value,
15153 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
15159 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15160 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
15161 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
15162 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
15166 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
15168 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
15169 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15171 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15172 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
15174 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
15182 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
15183 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
15187 gcc_unreachable ();
15190 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
15191 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
15194 unsigned char *p0 = p;
15195 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
15197 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
15198 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
15203 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
15204 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
15209 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
15210 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15212 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15213 insert_float (elt, p);
15218 gcc_unreachable ();
15221 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
15226 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
15227 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
15228 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
15232 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15233 return add_const_value_attribute (die, XEXP (rtl, 0));
15236 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
15239 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
15240 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
15244 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
15245 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
15246 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
15247 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
15248 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
15249 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
15250 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
15251 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
15252 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
15253 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
15254 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
15262 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_STRING
15263 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl)
15264 && GET_MODE (rtl) == BLKmode)
15266 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
15272 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
15273 gcc_unreachable ();
15278 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
15279 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
15282 reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
15283 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
15285 if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
15286 *walk_subtrees = 0;
15288 if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
15289 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15291 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
15292 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
15293 be conservative. */
15294 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
15295 && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL))
15297 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL)
15299 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (*tp);
15303 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL
15304 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp)))
15306 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
15307 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
15308 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
15309 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
15310 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp))
15313 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == STRING_CST && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15319 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
15320 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
15323 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
15325 rtx rtl = NULL_RTX;
15327 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
15328 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
15329 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15331 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15332 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
15333 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15335 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
15337 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
15338 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
15339 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
15340 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
15341 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
15343 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
15344 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
15345 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, rtl);
15346 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl) = 1;
15349 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
15351 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
15353 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
15354 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
15355 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE && TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode)
15357 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
15358 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
15359 reference variables which won't be output. */
15360 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
15361 && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
15363 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
15365 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
15366 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
15371 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init))
15373 VEC(constructor_elt,gc) *elts = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init);
15374 bool constant_p = true;
15376 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix;
15378 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
15379 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
15380 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
15381 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts, ix, value)
15382 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value))
15384 constant_p = false;
15390 init = build_vector_from_ctor (type, elts);
15400 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
15402 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
15403 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
15409 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
15412 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
15416 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
15417 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
15418 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
15420 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
15421 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
15422 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
15423 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
15424 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
15425 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
15426 referenced within the function.
15428 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
15429 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
15430 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
15431 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
15433 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
15434 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
15435 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
15436 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
15437 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
15438 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
15440 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
15441 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
15442 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
15443 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
15444 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
15445 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
15446 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
15447 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
15448 output at debug-time.
15450 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
15451 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
15452 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
15453 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15454 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15455 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
15456 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
15457 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
15458 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
15459 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
15460 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
15461 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
15462 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
15464 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
15465 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
15466 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
15467 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
15468 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
15469 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
15470 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
15471 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
15472 I'd like to fix it.
15474 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
15475 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
15476 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
15477 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
15478 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
15479 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
15480 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
15481 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
15482 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
15483 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
15484 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
15486 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
15487 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
15489 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
15490 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
15491 fixed registers. */
15492 if (! reload_completed)
15495 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
15497 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15499 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15500 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
15502 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
15507 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
15509 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
15511 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
15512 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
15513 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
15514 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
15516 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
15517 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
15518 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
15519 if (dmode == pmode)
15520 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
15521 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
15522 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
15523 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
15525 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
15528 else if (MEM_P (inc))
15530 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
15531 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
15532 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
15533 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
15540 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
15541 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
15542 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
15543 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
15544 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
15545 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
15547 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
15548 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
15549 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
15550 /* Not passed in memory. */
15551 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
15552 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
15553 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
15554 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15555 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
15556 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15557 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
15560 /* Big endian correction check. */
15561 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
15562 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
15563 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
15566 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
15567 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
15569 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
15570 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
15573 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15576 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
15577 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
15579 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
15580 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
15582 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
15583 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
15584 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
15585 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
15586 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
15587 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
15589 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
15590 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
15593 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
15594 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
15595 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
15596 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
15597 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
15600 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
15602 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
15603 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
15604 code, and thus is not emitted. */
15606 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
15611 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
15612 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
15613 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
15616 fortran_common (tree decl, HOST_WIDE_INT *value)
15618 tree val_expr, cvar;
15619 enum machine_mode mode;
15620 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos;
15622 int volatilep = 0, unsignedp = 0;
15624 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
15625 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
15626 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
15627 be handled as such. */
15628 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
15629 || !TREE_STATIC (decl)
15630 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl)
15634 val_expr = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl);
15635 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr) != COMPONENT_REF)
15638 cvar = get_inner_reference (val_expr, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset,
15639 &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, true);
15641 if (cvar == NULL_TREE
15642 || TREE_CODE (cvar) != VAR_DECL
15643 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar)
15644 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar))
15648 if (offset != NULL)
15650 if (!host_integerp (offset, 0))
15652 *value = tree_low_cst (offset, 0);
15655 *value += bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15660 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
15661 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
15662 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
15663 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
15664 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
15665 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
15666 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
15667 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
15668 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
15669 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
15672 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
15673 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
15676 dw_loc_list_ref list;
15677 var_loc_list *loc_list;
15679 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15682 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
15683 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
15685 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
15688 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
15689 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15690 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
15693 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
15694 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
15695 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
15696 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
15697 if (loc_list && loc_list->first && loc_list->first == loc_list->last)
15699 enum var_init_status status;
15700 struct var_loc_node *node;
15702 node = loc_list->first;
15703 status = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
15704 rtl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
15705 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == VAR_LOCATION
15706 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != PARALLEL)
15707 rtl = XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 1), 0);
15708 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15709 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
15712 list = loc_list_from_tree (decl, decl_by_reference_p (decl) ? 0 : 2);
15715 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, list);
15718 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
15719 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
15720 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die, decl);
15723 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
15726 defer_location (tree variable, dw_die_ref die)
15728 deferred_locations entry;
15729 entry.variable = variable;
15731 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations, gc, deferred_locations_list, &entry);
15734 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
15735 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
15738 native_encode_initializer (tree init, unsigned char *array, int size)
15742 if (init == NULL_TREE)
15746 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
15749 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
15750 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15752 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15753 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15755 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 1)
15757 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
15759 if (size > TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))
15761 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init),
15762 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
15763 memset (array + TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init),
15764 '\0', size - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
15767 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init), size);
15772 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
15773 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
15775 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15777 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index;
15778 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
15779 int curpos = 0, fieldsize;
15780 constructor_elt *ce;
15782 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) == NULL_TREE
15783 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0))
15786 fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type));
15787 if (fieldsize <= 0)
15790 min_index = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0);
15791 memset (array, '\0', size);
15793 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
15796 tree val = ce->value;
15797 tree index = ce->index;
15799 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
15800 pos = (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0) - min_index)
15803 pos = (tree_low_cst (index, 0) - min_index) * fieldsize;
15808 if (!native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
15811 curpos = pos + fieldsize;
15812 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
15814 int count = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 1), 0)
15815 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0);
15819 memcpy (array + curpos, array + pos, fieldsize);
15820 curpos += fieldsize;
15823 gcc_assert (curpos <= size);
15827 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
15828 || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
15830 tree field = NULL_TREE;
15831 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
15832 constructor_elt *ce;
15834 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
15837 if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
15838 field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
15841 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
15842 cnt++, field = field ? TREE_CHAIN (field) : 0)
15844 tree val = ce->value;
15845 int pos, fieldsize;
15847 if (ce->index != 0)
15853 if (field == NULL_TREE || DECL_BIT_FIELD (field))
15856 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
15857 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))
15858 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))))
15860 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field) == NULL_TREE
15861 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0))
15863 fieldsize = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0);
15864 pos = int_byte_position (field);
15865 gcc_assert (pos + fieldsize <= size);
15867 && !native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
15873 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
15874 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
15875 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0), array, size);
15877 return native_encode_expr (init, array, size) == size;
15881 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
15882 attribute is the const value T. */
15885 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree t)
15888 tree type = TREE_TYPE (t);
15891 if (!t || !TREE_TYPE (t) || TREE_TYPE (t) == error_mark_node)
15895 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init));
15897 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
15899 return add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
15900 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
15901 else if (CHAR_BIT == 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT == 8
15902 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type))
15904 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init));
15905 if (size > 0 && (int) size == size)
15907 unsigned char *array = GGC_CNEWVEC (unsigned char, size);
15909 if (native_encode_initializer (init, array, size))
15911 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, size, 1, array);
15919 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
15920 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
15921 variable with static storage duration
15922 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
15925 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
15929 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
15930 && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL))
15933 if (TREE_READONLY (decl)
15934 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl)
15935 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
15940 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
15941 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_const_value))
15944 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, DECL_INITIAL (decl));
15947 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
15948 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
15949 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
15950 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
15953 static dw_loc_list_ref
15954 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
15957 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
15959 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
15960 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
15961 dw_cfa_location remember;
15963 fde = current_fde ();
15964 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
15966 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
15970 memset (&next_cfa, 0, sizeof (next_cfa));
15971 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
15972 remember = next_cfa;
15974 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
15976 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
15977 advance opcodes. */
15978 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
15979 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
15981 last_cfa = next_cfa;
15982 last_label = start_label;
15984 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
15985 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
15987 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
15988 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
15989 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
15990 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
15991 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
15993 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
15994 start_label, last_label, section,
15997 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
15998 last_cfa = next_cfa;
15999 start_label = last_label;
16001 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
16004 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
16005 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
16006 gcc_unreachable ();
16009 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16013 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16015 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16016 start_label, last_label, section,
16018 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16019 start_label = last_label;
16021 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
16022 start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section,
16028 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
16029 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
16030 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
16031 before the latter is negated. */
16034 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16038 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
16039 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
16040 offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16042 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
16043 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16046 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
16047 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
16049 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
16050 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
16053 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
16054 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16055 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
16056 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
16057 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16058 : stack_pointer_rtx));
16060 frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
16063 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
16064 the value of the attribute. */
16067 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
16069 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
16071 if (demangle_name_func)
16072 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
16074 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
16078 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
16081 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
16083 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
16089 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR)
16093 wdlen = strlen (wd);
16094 wd1 = GGC_NEWVEC (char, wdlen + 2);
16096 wd1 [wdlen] = DIR_SEPARATOR;
16097 wd1 [wdlen + 1] = 0;
16101 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, remap_debug_filename (wd));
16104 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
16105 a representation for that bound. */
16108 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
16110 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
16115 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
16118 unsigned int prec = simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound));
16120 /* Use the default if possible. */
16121 if (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
16122 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
16123 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound))))
16126 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
16127 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
16128 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
16129 else if (prec < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
16131 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
16132 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << prec) - 1;
16133 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16134 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound) & mask);
16136 else if (prec == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
16137 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound) == 0)
16138 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16139 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16141 add_AT_double (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound),
16142 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16147 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16148 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
16158 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
16159 dw_loc_list_ref loc;
16161 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
16162 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
16163 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
16164 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
16165 later parameter. */
16166 if (decl_die != NULL)
16167 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16170 loc = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0);
16171 add_AT_location_description (subrange_die, bound_attr, loc);
16178 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
16179 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
16181 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
16182 dw_loc_list_ref list;
16184 list = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 2);
16188 if (current_function_decl == 0)
16189 ctx = comp_unit_die;
16191 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
16193 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
16194 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
16195 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
16196 if (list->dw_loc_next)
16197 add_AT_loc_list (decl_die, DW_AT_location, list);
16199 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, list->expr);
16201 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16207 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
16208 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
16209 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
16210 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
16213 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type, bool collapse_p)
16215 unsigned dimension_number;
16217 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
16219 for (dimension_number = 0;
16220 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE && (dimension_number == 0 || collapse_p);
16221 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
16223 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
16225 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && is_fortran () && dimension_number > 0)
16228 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
16229 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
16231 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
16234 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
16235 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
16236 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
16238 /* Define the index type. */
16239 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
16241 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
16242 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
16243 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
16244 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
16245 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
16246 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
16247 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
16250 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
16254 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
16255 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
16257 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
16258 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
16259 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
16261 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
16263 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
16266 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
16267 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
16273 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
16277 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
16282 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
16285 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
16286 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
16289 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
16290 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
16291 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
16292 even for bit-fields. */
16293 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
16296 gcc_unreachable ();
16299 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
16300 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
16301 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
16302 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
16303 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
16306 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
16307 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
16308 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
16311 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
16312 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
16313 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
16314 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
16315 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
16316 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
16318 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
16319 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
16320 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
16323 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16325 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
16326 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
16327 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
16328 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
16329 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
16330 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
16332 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16333 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
16335 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
16336 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
16337 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
16338 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
16339 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
16342 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
16344 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
16345 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
16346 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
16347 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
16348 below must take account of these differences. */
16349 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
16350 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
16352 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
16354 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
16355 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
16359 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16360 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
16361 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
16363 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
16366 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
16367 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
16370 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16372 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16373 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
16374 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
16376 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
16377 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
16380 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
16381 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
16384 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
16386 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
16387 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
16388 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
16391 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
16392 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
16395 static inline dw_die_ref
16396 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
16398 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
16400 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
16402 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
16403 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
16404 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
16406 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
16407 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
16411 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
16413 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
16415 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
16418 if (DECL_P (origin))
16419 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
16420 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
16421 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
16423 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
16424 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
16425 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
16426 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
16427 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
16428 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
16429 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
16433 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
16437 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
16440 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
16442 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
16444 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
16446 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
16447 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
16448 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
16449 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
16452 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
16453 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
16454 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
16455 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
16459 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
16462 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16464 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
16466 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
16467 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
16470 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
16471 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
16474 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16478 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
16479 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
16481 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
16483 add_name_attribute (die, name);
16484 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
16485 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
16487 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
16488 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
16489 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
16490 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
16493 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
16494 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl))
16496 limbo_die_node *asm_name;
16498 asm_name = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
16499 asm_name->die = die;
16500 asm_name->created_for = decl;
16501 asm_name->next = deferred_asm_name;
16502 deferred_asm_name = asm_name;
16504 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
16505 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
16506 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
16510 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16511 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16512 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16513 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
16515 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
16516 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
16517 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
16522 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
16525 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
16527 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
16530 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
16533 pop_decl_scope (void)
16535 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
16538 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
16539 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
16540 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
16541 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
16542 the current active scope. */
16545 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
16547 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
16548 tree containing_scope;
16551 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
16552 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
16554 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
16556 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
16557 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
16559 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
16562 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
16565 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
16566 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
16567 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
16568 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
16569 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
16571 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
16572 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
16573 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
16575 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
16576 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
16577 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
16578 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
16579 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
16584 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16585 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
16587 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
16588 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
16591 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
16594 scope_die = context_die;
16599 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
16602 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16604 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
16605 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
16606 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
16612 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
16615 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16617 return (context_die
16618 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
16619 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
16620 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_interface_type
16621 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
16624 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
16625 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
16628 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16630 return (class_scope_p (context_die)
16631 || (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
16634 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
16635 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
16636 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
16639 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
16640 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
16642 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
16643 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
16645 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
16646 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
16647 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
16648 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
16649 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE || code == FIXED_POINT_TYPE)
16650 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
16651 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
16653 if (code == ERROR_MARK
16654 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
16655 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
16656 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
16657 || code == VOID_TYPE)
16660 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
16661 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
16662 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
16665 if (type_die != NULL)
16666 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
16669 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
16670 function call type. */
16672 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree decl)
16674 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
16676 value = ((enum dwarf_calling_convention)
16677 targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
16679 /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
16680 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
16681 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
16682 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
16683 time being, following existing custom. */
16685 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)), "MAIN__"))
16686 value = DW_CC_program;
16688 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
16689 is not DW_CC_normal. */
16690 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
16691 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
16694 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
16695 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
16696 was declared without a tag. */
16698 static const char *
16699 type_tag (const_tree type)
16701 const char *name = 0;
16703 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
16707 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
16708 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
16709 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
16711 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
16712 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
16714 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
16715 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
16717 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
16718 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
16719 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
16720 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
16721 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)))
16722 name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type), 2);
16725 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
16726 if (!name && t != 0)
16727 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
16730 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
16733 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
16734 for bit field types. */
16737 member_declared_type (const_tree member)
16739 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
16740 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
16743 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16744 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16747 static const char *
16748 decl_start_label (tree decl)
16751 const char *fnname;
16753 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
16754 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
16757 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
16759 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
16764 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
16765 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
16766 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
16769 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
16771 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
16772 dw_die_ref array_die;
16774 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
16775 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
16776 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
16777 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
16778 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
16779 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
16780 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
16781 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
16782 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
16784 bool collapse_nested_arrays = !is_ada ();
16787 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
16788 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
16789 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type)
16790 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
16792 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node))
16794 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
16796 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die, type);
16797 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
16798 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
16799 size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
16801 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
16802 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) != NULL_TREE
16803 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)) != NULL_TREE
16804 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type))))
16806 tree szdecl = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type));
16807 dw_loc_list_ref loc = loc_list_from_tree (szdecl, 2);
16809 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl));
16810 if (loc && size > 0)
16812 add_AT_location_description (array_die, DW_AT_string_length, loc);
16813 if (size != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
16814 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
16820 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
16821 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
16822 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
16823 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
16826 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16827 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
16828 collapse_nested_arrays = false;
16831 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
16832 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
16833 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
16835 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
16837 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
16838 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
16839 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
16840 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
16843 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
16845 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
16846 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16847 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type)))
16848 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
16851 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
16852 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
16853 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
16854 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
16855 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
16856 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
16857 for multidimensional arrays. */
16858 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
16861 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16862 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
16863 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
16864 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
16865 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
16868 add_subscript_info (array_die, type, collapse_nested_arrays);
16870 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
16871 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
16872 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
16873 if (collapse_nested_arrays)
16874 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
16876 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type) && is_fortran ())
16878 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
16881 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16882 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
16885 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
16887 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
16888 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
16891 static dw_loc_descr_ref
16892 descr_info_loc (tree val, tree base_decl)
16894 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
16895 dw_loc_descr_ref loc, loc2;
16896 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
16898 if (val == base_decl)
16899 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address, 0, 0);
16901 switch (TREE_CODE (val))
16904 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
16906 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val, 0);
16908 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
16909 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val, 0));
16912 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val));
16915 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
16918 if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
16919 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
16921 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size, size, 0));
16923 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
16925 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
16926 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
16929 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
16932 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 0));
16938 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
16941 loc2 = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), base_decl);
16944 add_loc_descr (&loc, loc2);
16945 add_loc_descr (&loc2, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
16967 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr,
16968 tree val, tree base_decl)
16970 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
16972 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
16974 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr, tree_low_cst (val, 0));
16978 loc = descr_info_loc (val, base_decl);
16982 add_AT_loc (die, attr, loc);
16985 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
16986 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
16989 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type, struct array_descr_info *info,
16990 dw_die_ref context_die)
16992 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
16993 dw_die_ref array_die;
16996 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
16997 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
16998 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17000 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17002 && info->ndimensions >= 2)
17003 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17005 if (info->data_location)
17006 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_data_location, info->data_location,
17008 if (info->associated)
17009 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_associated, info->associated,
17011 if (info->allocated)
17012 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_allocated, info->allocated,
17015 for (dim = 0; dim < info->ndimensions; dim++)
17017 dw_die_ref subrange_die
17018 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL);
17020 if (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound)
17022 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
17023 if ((is_c_family () || is_java ())
17024 && integer_zerop (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound))
17026 else if (is_fortran ()
17027 && integer_onep (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound))
17030 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
17031 info->dimen[dim].lower_bound,
17034 if (info->dimen[dim].upper_bound)
17035 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
17036 info->dimen[dim].upper_bound,
17038 if (info->dimen[dim].stride)
17039 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_stride,
17040 info->dimen[dim].stride,
17044 gen_type_die (info->element_type, context_die);
17045 add_type_attribute (array_die, info->element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17047 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17048 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17053 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17055 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17056 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
17058 if (origin != NULL)
17059 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
17062 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
17063 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17064 0, 0, context_die);
17067 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17068 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
17070 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
17074 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
17075 emit full debugging info for them. */
17078 retry_incomplete_types (void)
17082 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
17083 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
17086 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
17088 static enum dwarf_tag
17089 record_type_tag (tree type)
17091 if (! lang_hooks.types.classify_record)
17092 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17094 switch (lang_hooks.types.classify_record (type))
17096 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT:
17097 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17099 case RECORD_IS_CLASS:
17100 return DW_TAG_class_type;
17102 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE:
17103 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
17104 return DW_TAG_interface_type;
17105 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17108 gcc_unreachable ();
17112 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
17113 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
17114 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
17118 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17120 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17122 if (type_die == NULL)
17124 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
17125 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
17126 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
17127 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
17129 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
17132 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17134 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
17135 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
17136 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
17137 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
17141 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
17142 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
17143 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
17144 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
17146 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
17147 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
17148 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
17149 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
17151 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
17152 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
17154 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
17155 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
17157 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
17158 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
17160 if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONST_DECL)
17161 value = DECL_INITIAL (value);
17163 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
17164 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
17165 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
17166 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
17167 values as if they were signed. That means that
17168 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
17169 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
17170 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
17171 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
17175 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17177 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
17178 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
17183 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
17184 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
17187 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
17188 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
17189 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
17190 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
17191 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
17192 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
17193 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
17194 argument type of some subprogram type.
17195 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
17199 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, tree origin, bool emit_name_p,
17200 dw_die_ref context_die)
17202 tree node_or_origin = node ? node : origin;
17203 dw_die_ref parm_die
17204 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
17206 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin)))
17208 case tcc_declaration:
17210 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
17211 if (origin != NULL)
17212 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
17215 tree type = TREE_TYPE (node);
17217 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
17218 if (decl_by_reference_p (node))
17219 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0,
17222 add_type_attribute (parm_die, type,
17223 TREE_READONLY (node),
17224 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
17226 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
17227 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17230 if (node && node != origin)
17231 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
17232 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin))
17233 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin,
17239 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
17240 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin, 0, 0, context_die);
17244 gcc_unreachable ();
17250 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
17251 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
17254 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
17255 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
17256 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17257 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17258 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
17259 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
17262 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
17264 dw_die_ref subr_die,
17268 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die;
17270 gcc_assert (parm_pack
17271 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack)
17274 parm_pack_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack, subr_die, parm_pack);
17275 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die, parm_pack);
17277 for (arg = pack_arg; arg; arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg))
17279 if (! lang_hooks.decls.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg,
17282 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg, NULL,
17283 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
17288 return parm_pack_die;
17291 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
17292 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
17295 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17297 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
17300 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
17301 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
17302 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
17303 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
17306 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17309 tree formal_type = NULL;
17310 tree first_parm_type;
17313 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
17315 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
17316 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
17321 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
17323 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
17324 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
17325 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
17327 dw_die_ref parm_die;
17329 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
17330 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
17333 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
17334 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, NULL,
17335 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
17337 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
17338 && link == first_parm_type)
17339 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
17340 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17342 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
17344 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
17347 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
17348 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
17349 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
17350 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
17352 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
17353 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
17354 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
17355 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
17356 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
17357 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
17360 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
17361 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
17362 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
17363 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
17364 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
17367 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
17369 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
17371 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
17372 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
17373 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
17374 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
17376 dw_die_ref type_die;
17377 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
17379 push_decl_scope (type);
17380 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17381 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
17382 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
17383 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
17385 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
17386 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
17387 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
17388 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
17389 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
17391 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
17392 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
17396 gen_variable_die (member, NULL_TREE, type_die);
17402 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
17403 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
17406 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
17408 dw_die_ref old_die;
17411 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
17412 htab_t old_decl_loc_table;
17414 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
17415 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
17417 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
17418 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17419 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
17422 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
17423 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
17424 get locations in abstract instantces. */
17425 old_decl_loc_table = decl_loc_table;
17426 decl_loc_table = NULL;
17428 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
17429 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
17430 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17432 context = decl_class_context (decl);
17434 gen_type_die_for_member
17435 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
17438 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
17439 save_fn = current_function_decl;
17440 current_function_decl = decl;
17441 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl));
17443 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
17444 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
17445 if (! was_abstract)
17446 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
17448 current_function_decl = save_fn;
17449 decl_loc_table = old_decl_loc_table;
17453 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
17456 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17457 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
17460 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17465 type = (tree) *slot;
17466 die = lookup_type_die (type);
17468 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17472 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
17473 through htab_traverse.
17475 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17476 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
17477 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
17480 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot,
17481 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17483 struct types_used_by_vars_entry *entry;
17486 entry = (struct types_used_by_vars_entry *) *slot;
17487 gcc_assert (entry->type != NULL
17488 && entry->var_decl != NULL);
17489 die = lookup_type_die (entry->type);
17492 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
17493 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
17494 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (entry->var_decl);
17497 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17498 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
17499 while ((die = die->die_parent) && die->die_perennial_p == 0)
17500 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17506 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
17509 premark_used_types (void)
17511 if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash)
17512 htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL);
17515 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
17518 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
17520 if (types_used_by_vars_hash)
17521 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash,
17522 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper, NULL);
17525 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
17529 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17531 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
17532 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17533 dw_die_ref subr_die;
17536 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
17537 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
17538 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
17540 premark_used_types ();
17542 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
17543 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
17544 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
17545 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
17546 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
17548 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
17549 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
17552 gcc_assert (!old_die);
17555 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
17556 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
17557 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
17558 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
17559 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
17560 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17561 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
17563 if (origin != NULL)
17565 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
17567 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
17568 inline function. */
17569 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
17570 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
17572 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17573 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
17577 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
17578 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
17580 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
17581 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
17582 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
17583 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
17584 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17586 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
17587 something we have already output. */
17591 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
17592 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
17593 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
17594 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
17595 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
17596 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
17597 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
17598 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
17599 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
17600 || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
17601 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
17602 == (unsigned) s.line))))
17604 subr_die = old_die;
17606 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
17607 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
17608 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
17609 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
17610 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
17611 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17612 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
17616 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17617 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
17618 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
17619 add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
17620 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
17621 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
17626 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17628 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
17629 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
17631 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
17632 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17634 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
17635 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17636 0, 0, context_die);
17639 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
17640 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
17641 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17643 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
17644 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
17645 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
17646 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
17651 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17653 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17655 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
17656 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
17657 if (lang_hooks.decls.function_decl_explicit_p (decl)
17658 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
17659 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_explicit, 1);
17661 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
17662 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
17663 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
17664 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
17666 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
17667 later reused to represent definition. */
17668 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17671 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17673 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
17675 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
17676 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
17678 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
17682 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
17683 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
17685 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
17688 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl)
17689 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
17690 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17692 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17694 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
17696 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
17698 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17699 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17701 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
17703 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
17704 current_function_funcdef_no);
17705 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
17706 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
17707 current_function_funcdef_no);
17708 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
17710 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17711 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17714 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
17715 hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold
17716 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
17718 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
17719 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
17720 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
17721 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
17723 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17724 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17725 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17729 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17730 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
17731 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
17734 cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
17736 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
17737 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
17738 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
17739 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
17740 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
17741 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
17742 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
17744 if (dwarf_version >= 3)
17746 dw_loc_descr_ref op = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa, 0, 0);
17747 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, op);
17751 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
17752 if (list->dw_loc_next)
17753 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
17755 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
17758 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
17759 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
17760 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
17761 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
17762 by this displacement. */
17763 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
17765 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
17766 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
17767 loc_list_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl, 2));
17770 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
17771 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17772 gen_generic_params_dies (decl);
17774 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
17775 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
17776 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
17777 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
17778 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
17779 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
17780 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
17781 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
17782 an ellipsis at the end. */
17784 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
17785 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
17786 its formal parameters. */
17787 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17789 else if (declaration)
17790 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
17793 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
17794 tree parm = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
17795 tree generic_decl = lang_hooks.decls.get_generic_function_decl (decl);
17796 tree generic_decl_parm = generic_decl
17797 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl)
17800 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
17801 emit their relevant DIEs.
17803 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
17804 as well as it being a normal function.
17806 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
17807 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
17808 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
17809 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
17810 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
17811 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
17812 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
17813 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
17814 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
17817 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
17818 while (generic_decl_parm || parm)
17820 if (generic_decl_parm
17821 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm))
17822 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm,
17827 gen_decl_die (parm, NULL, subr_die);
17828 parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm);
17831 if (generic_decl_parm)
17832 generic_decl_parm = TREE_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm);
17835 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
17836 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
17837 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
17838 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
17839 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
17840 parameters at all. */
17841 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
17842 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
17844 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
17845 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
17846 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
17848 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
17849 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
17852 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
17853 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
17854 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
17856 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
17857 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
17858 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
17859 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
17860 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
17861 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
17862 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
17864 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
17865 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
17866 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
17867 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
17868 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
17869 constructor function. */
17870 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
17872 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
17873 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
17874 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), NULL, subr_die);
17876 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
17877 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
17879 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
17880 if (current_function_has_inlines)
17882 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
17883 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
17885 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
17886 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
17891 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
17892 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, decl);
17896 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
17899 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x)
17901 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
17902 return (hashval_t) d->decl_id ^ htab_hash_pointer (d->die_parent);
17905 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
17906 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
17909 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
17911 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
17912 const_dw_die_ref e = (const_dw_die_ref) y;
17913 return d->decl_id == e->decl_id && d->die_parent == e->die_parent;
17916 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
17917 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
17920 gen_variable_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
17924 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
17925 dw_die_ref var_die;
17926 dw_die_ref old_die = decl ? lookup_decl_die (decl) : NULL;
17927 dw_die_ref origin_die;
17928 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin)
17929 /* If DECL is COMDAT and has not actually been
17930 emitted, we cannot take its address; there
17931 might end up being no definition anywhere in
17932 the program. For example, consider the C++
17936 struct S { static const int i = 7; };
17941 int f() { return S<int>::i; }
17943 Here, S<int>::i is not DECL_EXTERNAL, but no
17944 definition is required, so the compiler will
17945 not emit a definition. */
17946 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL
17947 && DECL_COMDAT (decl_or_origin)
17948 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl_or_origin))
17949 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
17952 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17954 com_decl = fortran_common (decl_or_origin, &off);
17956 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
17957 of a data member. */
17961 dw_die_ref com_die;
17962 dw_loc_list_ref loc;
17963 die_node com_die_arg;
17965 var_die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
17968 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL)
17970 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, off ? 1 : 2);
17975 /* Optimize the common case. */
17976 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
17977 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
17978 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
17979 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr)
17981 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
17982 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
17984 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
17986 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
17987 remove_AT (var_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17993 if (common_block_die_table == NULL)
17994 common_block_die_table
17995 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash,
17996 common_block_die_table_eq, NULL);
17998 field = TREE_OPERAND (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl), 0);
17999 com_die_arg.decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18000 com_die_arg.die_parent = context_die;
18001 com_die = (dw_die_ref) htab_find (common_block_die_table, &com_die_arg);
18002 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18003 if (com_die == NULL)
18006 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl));
18009 com_die = new_die (DW_TAG_common_block, context_die, decl);
18010 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die, com_decl);
18013 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18014 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
18015 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
18016 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18018 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18019 add_AT_flag (com_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18020 add_pubname_string (cnam, com_die); /* ??? needed? */
18021 com_die->decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18022 slot = htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table, com_die, INSERT);
18023 *slot = (void *) com_die;
18025 else if (get_AT (com_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL && loc)
18027 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18028 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18029 remove_AT (com_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18031 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, com_die, decl);
18032 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18033 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
18034 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18035 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18040 /* Optimize the common case. */
18041 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18042 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18043 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18044 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr) == SYMBOL_REF)
18045 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18046 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18048 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18050 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18052 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18053 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18054 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18058 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
18059 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
18060 DIE for it again. */
18063 && old_die->die_parent == context_die)
18066 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
18067 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
18068 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
18069 if (declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
18070 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18072 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
18075 if (origin != NULL)
18076 origin_die = add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
18078 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
18079 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
18081 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
18082 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
18085 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
18087 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
18088 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
18089 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
18091 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
18092 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
18094 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
18095 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
18096 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
18098 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
18099 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
18101 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
18102 add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
18104 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
18105 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
18110 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18112 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18113 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl))
18114 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18116 add_type_attribute (var_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
18117 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18119 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18120 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18122 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18123 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18125 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18126 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18127 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18128 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18132 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18134 if (decl && (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration))
18135 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18138 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin)
18139 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
18140 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
18142 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL
18143 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18144 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin)))
18145 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
18146 to add it again. */
18147 && (origin_die == NULL || get_AT (origin_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL))
18149 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18150 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin)))
18151 defer_location (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18153 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die,
18156 add_pubname (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18159 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die, decl_or_origin);
18162 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
18165 gen_const_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18167 dw_die_ref const_die;
18168 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18170 const_die = new_die (DW_TAG_constant, context_die, decl);
18171 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die, decl);
18172 add_type_attribute (const_die, type, 1, 0, context_die);
18173 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18174 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18175 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18176 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18177 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die, decl);
18180 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
18183 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18185 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18186 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
18188 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18190 if (origin != NULL)
18191 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
18193 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
18195 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18196 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
18199 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
18201 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
18202 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
18203 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
18207 && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
18209 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
18210 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
18211 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
18212 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
18213 it if it ever does happen. */
18214 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
18216 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
18217 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18222 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
18223 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
18224 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
18227 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18229 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
18231 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18233 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
18234 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
18239 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
18240 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
18243 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18245 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18247 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt)
18248 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18252 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt))
18254 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18255 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18256 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
18259 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
18261 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
18264 add_ranges (chain);
18265 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
18272 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18273 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18274 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18275 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
18276 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18277 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
18281 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
18284 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18286 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
18288 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18289 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
18291 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
18294 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
18297 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18301 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
18303 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt));
18305 decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
18307 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
18308 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
18309 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
18310 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
18311 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
18313 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
18315 dw_die_ref subr_die
18316 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
18318 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18319 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18320 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18321 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18323 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
18324 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
18328 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
18331 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18333 dw_die_ref decl_die;
18335 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
18338 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18339 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
18340 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
18341 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
18344 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
18346 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18347 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18348 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18351 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
18352 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18354 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18355 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18357 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18358 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18359 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18360 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18362 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
18363 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
18367 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18368 Use modified_type_die instead.
18369 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18370 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18373 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18376 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18378 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
18379 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18380 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
18383 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18384 Use modified_type_die instead.
18385 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18386 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18389 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18392 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18394 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
18395 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18396 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
18400 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
18403 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18406 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
18407 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18409 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
18410 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18411 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
18412 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18415 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
18418 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
18421 char producer[250];
18422 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
18425 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
18429 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
18430 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
18431 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) && filename[0] != '<')
18432 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
18435 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
18437 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18438 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
18439 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
18440 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
18441 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
18442 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
18443 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
18444 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18445 strcat (producer, " -g");
18448 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
18450 language = DW_LANG_C89;
18451 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
18452 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
18453 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
18454 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
18455 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
18456 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
18457 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18459 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
18460 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
18461 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
18462 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
18463 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
18464 language = DW_LANG_Java;
18465 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
18466 language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
18467 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
18468 language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
18471 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
18475 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
18478 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
18480 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
18482 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
18483 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
18485 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
18486 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
18488 if (access == access_public_node)
18489 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
18490 else if (access == access_protected_node)
18491 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18494 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
18497 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18500 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
18503 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
18504 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
18505 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
18506 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
18507 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
18508 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
18509 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
18510 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
18511 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
18512 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
18513 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
18515 /* First output info about the base classes. */
18518 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
18522 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
18523 gen_inheritance_die (base,
18524 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
18525 : access_public_node), context_die);
18528 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
18529 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
18531 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
18532 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
18533 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
18534 do put them in the right order. */
18536 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
18538 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
18540 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
18543 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
18544 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
18546 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
18547 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
18550 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
18552 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
18554 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
18558 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
18559 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
18560 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
18563 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
18564 enum debug_info_usage usage)
18566 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
18567 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
18569 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
18570 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18571 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
18572 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
18573 complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage);
18575 if (type_die && ! complete)
18578 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
18579 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
18580 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
18583 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
18585 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
18586 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
18588 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
18590 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
18591 ? record_type_tag (type) : DW_TAG_union_type,
18593 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
18595 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
18597 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
18600 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18602 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18603 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
18604 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type))
18605 gen_generic_params_dies (type);
18607 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
18608 then give a list of members. */
18609 if (complete && !ns_decl)
18611 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
18612 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
18613 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18614 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
18615 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
18616 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
18618 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
18619 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
18620 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
18621 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
18623 push_decl_scope (type);
18624 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
18627 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
18628 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
18630 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
18632 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
18633 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18634 lookup_type_die (vtype));
18639 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18641 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
18642 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18643 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
18644 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
18647 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18648 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
18651 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
18654 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18656 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
18657 dw_die_ref subr_die
18658 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
18659 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18661 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
18662 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
18663 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
18664 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
18666 if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name))
18667 add_pubtype (type, subr_die);
18670 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
18673 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18675 dw_die_ref type_die;
18678 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
18681 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
18682 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
18683 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18684 if (origin != NULL)
18685 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
18690 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
18691 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
18693 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
18695 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
18696 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
18699 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18701 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
18702 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18705 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18706 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
18708 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18709 add_pubtype (decl, type_die);
18712 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
18715 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
18716 enum debug_info_usage usage)
18719 struct array_descr_info info;
18721 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
18724 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
18725 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
18726 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
18727 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
18729 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18732 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
18733 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
18735 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
18736 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
18737 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))
18738 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
18739 context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)));
18741 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18742 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
18746 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
18747 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)
18748 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info
18749 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info (type, &info)
18750 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18752 gen_descr_array_type_die (type, &info, context_die);
18753 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18757 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
18758 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
18759 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
18760 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
18761 cloned type itself). */
18762 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
18763 type = type_main_variant (type);
18765 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18768 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
18774 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
18775 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
18776 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
18777 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
18778 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
18780 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18782 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
18783 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
18784 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
18785 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
18789 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
18790 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
18791 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die,
18792 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
18794 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
18795 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
18796 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
18798 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
18800 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
18803 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
18804 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
18805 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
18806 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
18807 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
18811 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
18812 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
18813 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
18814 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
18818 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
18822 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
18825 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
18828 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
18829 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
18830 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
18831 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
18832 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
18833 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
18834 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
18835 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
18836 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
18837 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
18839 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage);
18841 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18844 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
18845 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
18846 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
18849 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
18850 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == FUNCTION_DECL))
18852 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
18853 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
18854 decls_for_scope. */
18855 context_die = lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
18860 context_die = declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
18864 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
18866 /* This might have been written out by the call to
18867 declare_in_namespace. */
18868 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18869 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
18872 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
18877 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
18878 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
18879 when appropriate. */
18885 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
18888 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
18892 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
18896 gcc_unreachable ();
18899 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18903 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18905 gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
18908 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
18909 things which are local to the given block. */
18912 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18914 int must_output_die = 0;
18917 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
18918 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
18921 inlined_func = inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt);
18923 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
18924 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
18925 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
18926 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
18930 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
18931 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
18936 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
18939 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
18940 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
18941 must_output_die = 1;
18944 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
18945 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
18946 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18947 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
18948 as being a "significant" one. */
18949 must_output_die = ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
18950 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt))
18951 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
18952 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
18953 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
18954 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt)
18955 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
18956 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
18957 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt))
18958 must_output_die = 1;
18961 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
18962 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
18963 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
18964 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
18965 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
18966 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
18967 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
18968 if (must_output_die)
18972 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
18973 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
18974 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
18975 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
18976 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
18977 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
18978 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
18979 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
18981 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
18982 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
18983 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
18984 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
18985 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
18986 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
18989 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
18992 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
18995 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
18996 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
18998 process_scope_var (tree stmt, tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19001 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19002 tree ultimate_origin = origin ? decl_ultimate_origin (origin) : NULL;
19004 if (ultimate_origin)
19005 origin = ultimate_origin;
19007 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == FUNCTION_DECL)
19008 die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
19009 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == TYPE_DECL
19010 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin))
19011 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin));
19015 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
19016 add_child_die (context_die, die);
19017 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19018 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin),
19019 stmt, context_die);
19021 gen_decl_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19024 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
19025 all of its sub-blocks. */
19028 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19034 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
19035 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19038 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
19039 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
19040 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
19041 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
19042 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
19043 process_scope_var (stmt, decl, NULL_TREE, context_die);
19044 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt); i++)
19045 process_scope_var (stmt, NULL, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt, i),
19048 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
19049 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19052 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
19053 therein) of this block. */
19054 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
19056 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
19057 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
19060 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
19063 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl)
19065 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
19068 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
19069 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
19070 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
19071 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
19072 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
19073 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
19079 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
19081 static inline dw_die_ref
19082 get_context_die (tree context)
19086 /* Find die that represents this context. */
19087 if (TYPE_P (context))
19088 return force_type_die (context);
19090 return force_decl_die (context);
19092 return comp_unit_die;
19095 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
19098 force_decl_die (tree decl)
19100 dw_die_ref decl_die;
19101 unsigned saved_external_flag;
19102 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
19103 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19106 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19108 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19112 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19114 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19115 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
19116 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
19117 declaration die. */
19118 save_fn = current_function_decl;
19119 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
19120 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19121 current_function_decl = save_fn;
19125 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
19126 gen_decl_die() call. */
19127 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
19128 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
19129 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
19130 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
19133 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19134 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19135 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19137 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
19138 decl_die = comp_unit_die;
19142 gcc_unreachable ();
19145 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
19147 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19148 gcc_assert (decl_die);
19154 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
19155 always returned. */
19158 force_type_die (tree type)
19160 dw_die_ref type_die;
19162 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19165 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19167 type_die = modified_type_die (type, TYPE_READONLY (type),
19168 TYPE_VOLATILE (type), context_die);
19169 gcc_assert (type_die);
19174 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
19175 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
19178 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19180 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
19181 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
19182 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19183 /* Force out the namespace. */
19184 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
19186 return context_die;
19189 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
19190 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
19192 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
19193 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
19196 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19198 dw_die_ref ns_context;
19200 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19201 return context_die;
19203 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
19204 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
19205 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
19206 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
19207 return context_die;
19209 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
19211 if (ns_context != context_die)
19215 if (DECL_P (thing))
19216 gen_decl_die (thing, NULL, ns_context);
19218 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
19220 return context_die;
19223 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
19226 gen_namespace_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19228 dw_die_ref namespace_die;
19230 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
19231 they are an alias of. */
19232 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
19234 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
19235 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
19236 namespace_die = new_die (is_fortran ()
19237 ? DW_TAG_module : DW_TAG_namespace,
19238 context_die, decl);
19239 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
19240 if (namespace_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_module && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19242 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
19244 add_name_attribute (namespace_die, name);
19247 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19248 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19249 add_AT_flag (namespace_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19250 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19254 /* Output a namespace alias. */
19256 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
19257 dw_die_ref origin_die
19258 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19260 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
19261 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19262 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
19263 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
19264 namespace_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
19265 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19266 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
19267 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19271 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
19274 gen_decl_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19276 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19277 tree class_origin = NULL;
19279 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin))
19282 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin))
19288 if (!is_fortran ())
19290 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
19291 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
19295 /* Emit its type. */
19296 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19298 /* And its containing namespace. */
19299 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19301 gen_const_die (decl, context_die);
19304 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19305 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
19306 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
19307 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
19308 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
19309 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE
19310 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin)))
19315 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
19316 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
19317 if (current_function_decl != decl)
19318 /* This is only a declaration. */;
19321 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
19322 if (origin || DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
19323 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin ? origin : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19325 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
19326 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
19327 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
19328 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
19329 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
19330 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
19331 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
19332 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
19333 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19335 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
19336 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
19339 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
19340 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19342 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
19343 have described its return type. */
19344 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
19346 /* And its virtual context. */
19347 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19348 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
19350 /* And its containing type. */
19352 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
19353 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
19354 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
19356 /* And its containing namespace. */
19357 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19360 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
19362 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19366 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19367 actual typedefs. */
19368 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19371 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
19372 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
19373 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
19374 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
19375 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
19376 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
19377 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
19378 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
19379 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
19381 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19384 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
19385 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19387 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
19388 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
19392 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
19393 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
19398 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19399 variable declarations or definitions. */
19400 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19403 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
19405 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
19406 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
19408 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19410 /* And its containing type. */
19411 class_origin = decl_class_context (decl_or_origin);
19412 if (class_origin != NULL_TREE)
19413 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin, decl_or_origin, context_die);
19415 /* And its containing namespace. */
19416 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin, context_die);
19418 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
19419 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
19420 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
19423 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
19424 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
19425 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
19426 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19429 gen_variable_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19433 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
19434 anonymous unions and structs. */
19435 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
19436 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
19437 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
19439 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
19440 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
19445 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin))
19446 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
19448 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19449 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
19450 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19454 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19455 case IMPORTED_DECL:
19456 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19457 gen_namespace_die (decl, context_die);
19461 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
19462 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
19467 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
19468 compilation proper has finished. */
19471 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
19473 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
19474 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
19475 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
19476 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
19477 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
19478 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19481 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
19482 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
19484 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
19487 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19490 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19491 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
19492 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
19493 that DECL belongs to.
19494 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
19496 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl,
19498 tree lexical_block,
19499 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die)
19501 expanded_location xloc;
19502 dw_die_ref imported_die = NULL;
19503 dw_die_ref at_import_die;
19505 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19507 xloc = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
19508 decl = IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl);
19512 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
19514 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
19516 if (is_base_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
19517 at_import_die = base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19519 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19520 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
19521 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
19522 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
19523 if (!at_import_die)
19525 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL);
19526 gen_typedef_die (decl, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)));
19527 at_import_die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19528 gcc_assert (at_import_die);
19533 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19534 if (!at_import_die)
19536 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
19537 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
19538 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
19540 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
19542 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
19543 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19544 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type),
19545 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19547 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl,
19548 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)));
19550 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
19554 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19556 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19557 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module,
19564 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration,
19568 add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file));
19569 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
19571 add_AT_string (imported_die, DW_AT_name,
19572 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
19573 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
19576 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19577 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
19578 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
19579 importing whole module. */
19582 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree name, tree context,
19585 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
19586 dw_die_ref scope_die;
19588 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19593 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
19594 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
19597 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
19598 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
19600 && TYPE_P (context)
19601 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19604 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19607 scope_die = get_context_die (context);
19611 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child);
19612 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child->die_tag == DW_TAG_imported_module);
19613 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != NAMESPACE_DECL);
19614 scope_die = scope_die->die_child;
19617 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
19618 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl, name, context, scope_die);
19622 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
19625 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
19627 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
19629 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19634 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19635 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
19636 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
19637 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
19638 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
19639 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
19640 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
19641 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
19642 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
19643 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
19644 with the definition of the function.
19646 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
19647 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
19648 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
19649 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
19650 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
19651 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
19652 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
19653 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
19654 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
19655 that they *are* definitions).
19657 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
19658 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
19659 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
19660 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
19661 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
19662 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
19665 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
19666 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
19667 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
19668 if (decl_function_context (decl)
19669 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
19670 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19671 context_die = NULL;
19675 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
19676 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
19677 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
19678 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
19679 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
19680 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
19681 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
19682 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
19683 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
19686 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
19687 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
19688 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19690 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19691 variable declarations or definitions. */
19692 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19697 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19699 if (!is_fortran ())
19701 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
19702 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19705 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19706 case IMPORTED_DECL:
19707 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19709 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
19714 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
19715 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
19718 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
19719 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
19720 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
19722 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
19723 comparisons have. */
19725 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
19726 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
19727 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
19732 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
19733 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19736 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
19737 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
19738 if (decl_function_context (decl))
19739 context_die = NULL;
19747 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
19750 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
19751 a lexical block. */
19754 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
19755 unsigned int blocknum)
19757 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
19758 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
19761 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
19765 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
19767 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
19768 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
19771 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
19772 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
19774 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
19775 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
19776 we may end up calling them anyway. */
19779 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block)
19784 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
19785 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
19786 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
19788 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block); i++)
19790 decl = BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block, i);
19791 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
19792 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
19799 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
19802 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p)
19804 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p1 =
19805 (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p1_p;
19806 const char *const p2 = (const char *) p2_p;
19807 return strcmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0;
19811 file_table_hash (const void *p_p)
19813 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p = (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p_p;
19814 return htab_hash_string (p->filename);
19817 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
19818 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
19819 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
19820 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
19821 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
19822 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
19823 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
19824 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
19825 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
19828 static struct dwarf_file_data *
19829 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
19832 struct dwarf_file_data * created;
19834 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
19835 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
19836 if (file_table_last_lookup
19837 && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename
19838 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0))
19839 return file_table_last_lookup;
19841 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
19842 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name,
19843 htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT);
19845 return (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
19847 created = GGC_NEW (struct dwarf_file_data);
19848 created->filename = file_name;
19849 created->emitted_number = 0;
19854 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
19855 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
19856 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
19857 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
19858 types, which may include filenames. */
19861 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd)
19863 if (! fd->emitted_number)
19865 if (last_emitted_file)
19866 fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1;
19868 fd->emitted_number = 1;
19869 last_emitted_file = fd;
19871 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
19873 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number);
19874 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
19875 remap_debug_filename (fd->filename));
19876 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
19880 return fd->emitted_number;
19883 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
19884 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
19885 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
19888 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die, tree arg)
19890 die_arg_entry entry;
19895 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
19896 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
19897 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry, gc, 32);
19901 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry, gc,
19902 tmpl_value_parm_die_table,
19906 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
19907 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
19908 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
19911 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
19913 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
19919 VEC_iterate (die_arg_entry, tmpl_value_parm_die_table, i, e);
19921 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e->die, e->arg);
19926 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
19929 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl, tree name)
19935 die = TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl);
19939 dname = dwarf2_name (name, 0);
19943 attr = get_AT (die, DW_AT_name);
19946 struct indirect_string_node *node;
19948 node = find_AT_string (dname);
19949 /* replace the string. */
19950 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
19954 add_name_attribute (die, dname);
19957 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call.
19958 Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call
19959 and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */
19962 dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ)
19965 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (targ);
19967 /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */
19971 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
19972 e.poc_decl = current_function_decl;
19973 e.targ_die = force_decl_die (targ);
19974 VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry, gc, dcall_table, &e);
19976 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
19977 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
19980 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */
19983 vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x)
19985 return (hashval_t) ((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid;
19988 /* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as
19989 insnd_uid of *Y. */
19992 vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
19994 return (((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid
19995 == ((const struct vcall_insn *) y)->insn_uid);
19998 /* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */
20001 store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot, int insn_uid)
20003 struct vcall_insn *item = GGC_NEW (struct vcall_insn);
20004 struct vcall_insn **slot;
20007 item->insn_uid = insn_uid;
20008 item->vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20009 slot = (struct vcall_insn **)
20010 htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table, &item,
20011 (hashval_t) insn_uid, INSERT);
20015 /* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */
20017 static unsigned int
20018 lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid)
20020 struct vcall_insn item;
20021 struct vcall_insn *p;
20023 item.insn_uid = insn_uid;
20024 item.vtable_slot = 0;
20025 p = (struct vcall_insn *) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table,
20027 (hashval_t) insn_uid);
20029 return (unsigned int) -1;
20030 return p->vtable_slot;
20034 /* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID
20035 and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token
20036 is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call
20040 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr, int insn_uid)
20042 if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr) == OBJ_TYPE_REF)
20044 tree token = OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr);
20045 if (TREE_CODE (token) == INTEGER_CST)
20046 store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token), insn_uid);
20050 /* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the
20051 OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it
20055 dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn, rtx new_insn)
20057 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn));
20059 if (vtable_slot != (unsigned int) -1)
20060 store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot, INSN_UID (new_insn));
20063 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call.
20064 Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call
20065 and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member
20066 function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the
20067 lowering to RTL. */
20070 dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid)
20072 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid);
20075 if (vtable_slot == (unsigned int) -1)
20078 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20079 e.vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20080 VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry, gc, vcall_table, &e);
20082 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20083 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20086 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
20087 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
20088 our lookup table. */
20091 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
20093 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES + 2];
20094 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
20096 static const char *last_label;
20097 static const char *last_postcall_label;
20098 static bool last_in_cold_section_p;
20101 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
20104 next_real = next_real_insn (loc_note);
20105 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
20106 don't do anything. */
20107 if (next_real == NULL_RTX)
20110 newloc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node);
20111 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
20112 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. */
20113 if (last_var_location_insn == NULL_RTX
20114 || last_var_location_insn != next_real
20115 || last_in_cold_section_p != in_cold_section_p)
20117 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20118 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20120 last_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20121 last_postcall_label = NULL;
20123 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
20124 newloc->next = NULL;
20126 if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note))
20127 newloc->label = last_label;
20130 if (!last_postcall_label)
20132 sprintf (loclabel, "%s-1", last_label);
20133 last_postcall_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20135 newloc->label = last_postcall_label;
20138 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
20139 newloc->section_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
20141 newloc->section_label = text_section_label;
20143 last_var_location_insn = next_real;
20144 last_in_cold_section_p = in_cold_section_p;
20145 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
20146 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, newloc);
20149 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
20150 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
20151 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
20152 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
20155 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
20157 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
20159 if (function_section (fun) != text_section)
20160 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
20162 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
20165 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
20166 and record information relating to this source line, in
20167 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
20170 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename,
20171 int discriminator, bool is_stmt)
20173 static bool last_is_stmt = true;
20175 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
20178 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20180 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20182 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
20183 if (flag_debug_asm)
20184 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
20187 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20189 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
20190 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num, line);
20191 if (is_stmt != last_is_stmt)
20193 fprintf (asm_out_file, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt ? 1 : 0);
20194 last_is_stmt = is_stmt;
20196 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR && discriminator != 0)
20197 fprintf (asm_out_file, " discriminator %d", discriminator);
20198 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20200 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
20201 line_info_table_in_use++;
20203 else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section)
20205 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
20206 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file,
20207 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
20208 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
20210 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20211 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
20212 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
20214 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20215 separate_line_info_table
20216 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry,
20217 separate_line_info_table,
20218 separate_line_info_table_allocated);
20219 memset (separate_line_info_table
20220 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
20222 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
20223 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
20226 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20228 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
20229 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
20230 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
20231 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
20235 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
20237 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
20238 line_info_table_in_use);
20240 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20241 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
20243 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20245 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry, line_info_table,
20246 line_info_table_allocated);
20247 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
20248 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
20251 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20252 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
20253 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
20254 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
20259 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
20262 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
20264 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
20266 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
20267 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
20269 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
20270 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, remap_debug_filename (filename));
20273 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20275 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20277 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20278 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
20279 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
20282 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", filename);
20286 /* Record the end of a source file. */
20289 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20291 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
20292 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
20293 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
20295 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20297 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20298 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
20302 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20303 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20304 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20307 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20308 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20310 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20312 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20313 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
20314 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
20315 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
20319 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20320 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20321 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20324 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20325 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20327 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20329 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20330 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
20331 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
20332 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
20336 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
20339 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20341 /* Allocate the file_table. */
20342 file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash,
20343 file_table_eq, NULL);
20345 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
20346 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
20347 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
20349 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
20350 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
20351 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
20353 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
20354 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
20356 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
20357 abbrev_die_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_die_ref, ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
20358 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20359 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20360 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
20362 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
20363 line_info_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_line_info_entry, LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT);
20364 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20366 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20367 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
20369 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
20370 pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
20371 pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
20373 /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
20374 vcall_insn_table = htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash,
20375 vcall_insn_table_eq, NULL);
20377 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
20378 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
20379 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
20380 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
20381 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
20382 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
20383 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
20385 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
20387 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
20389 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
20390 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20391 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
20392 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20393 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
20394 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20395 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
20396 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20397 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
20398 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20399 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
20400 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20401 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
20402 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20403 debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION,
20404 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20405 debug_dcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION,
20406 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20407 debug_vcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION,
20408 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20409 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
20410 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
20411 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
20412 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20413 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
20414 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20416 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
20417 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
20418 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20419 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20420 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
20421 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20422 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
20424 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
20425 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20426 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
20427 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20428 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
20429 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20430 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
20431 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
20432 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
20433 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
20434 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
20435 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
20437 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20439 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20440 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
20441 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20442 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
20445 switch_to_section (text_section);
20446 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
20447 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
20449 cold_text_section = unlikely_text_section ();
20450 switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
20451 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
20456 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
20457 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
20460 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
20462 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
20464 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
20465 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
20467 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
20471 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
20472 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
20475 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20477 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
20479 if (node->label && node->refcount)
20481 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
20482 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
20483 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
20489 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
20490 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
20493 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die)
20497 gcc_assert (! die->die_mark);
20498 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c));
20500 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
20502 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
20503 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
20506 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
20512 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c));
20515 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
20516 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
20519 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
20524 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
20526 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
20528 /* A reference to another DIE.
20529 Make sure that it will get emitted.
20530 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
20531 if (dwarf_version < 4
20532 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
20533 || a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die->die_id.die_type_node == NULL)
20534 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
20536 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
20537 accounts properly for it. */
20538 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
20539 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
20544 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
20545 to DIE's children. */
20548 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
20552 if (die->die_mark == 0)
20554 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
20557 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
20558 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
20559 if (die->die_parent)
20560 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
20562 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
20563 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
20565 /* If this node is a specification,
20566 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
20567 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
20568 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
20571 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
20573 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
20574 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
20577 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
20578 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
20579 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
20580 for all type definitions. */
20581 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type
20582 || (dwarf_version >= 4
20583 && is_type_die (die) && ! is_declaration_die (die)))
20584 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
20586 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
20590 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
20591 and if so, mark them. */
20594 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die)
20598 if (die->die_mark == 2)
20601 switch (die->die_tag)
20603 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
20604 case DW_TAG_union_type:
20605 case DW_TAG_class_type:
20608 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
20609 if (!get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration)
20610 || die->die_definition != NULL)
20611 prune_unused_types_mark (die, 1);
20618 /* Mark children. */
20619 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c));
20622 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
20625 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
20629 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
20630 children have been marked as well. */
20631 if (die->die_mark == 2)
20634 switch (die->die_tag)
20636 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
20637 case DW_TAG_union_type:
20638 case DW_TAG_class_type:
20639 if (die->die_perennial_p)
20642 for (c = die->die_parent; c; c = c->die_parent)
20643 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
20646 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
20647 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
20648 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
20649 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
20650 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
20652 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die);
20654 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20657 case DW_TAG_const_type:
20658 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
20659 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
20660 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
20661 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
20662 case DW_TAG_typedef:
20663 case DW_TAG_array_type:
20664 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
20665 case DW_TAG_friend:
20666 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
20667 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
20668 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
20669 case DW_TAG_string_type:
20670 case DW_TAG_set_type:
20671 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
20672 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
20673 case DW_TAG_file_type:
20674 if (die->die_perennial_p)
20677 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20681 /* Mark everything else. */
20685 if (die->die_mark == 0)
20689 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
20690 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
20695 /* Mark children. */
20696 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
20699 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
20703 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
20708 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
20709 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
20711 struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
20713 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
20714 twice in the hash table. */
20716 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
20719 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str,
20720 htab_hash_string (s->str),
20722 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
20728 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
20731 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
20735 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
20736 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die);
20738 if (! die->die_child)
20741 c = die->die_child;
20743 dw_die_ref prev = c;
20744 for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib)
20745 if (c == die->die_child)
20747 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
20749 /* No marked children at all. */
20750 die->die_child = NULL;
20753 prev->die_sib = c->die_sib;
20754 die->die_child = prev;
20759 if (c != prev->die_sib)
20761 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
20762 } while (c != die->die_child);
20765 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
20766 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
20767 decided to emit. */
20770 prune_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20772 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
20774 if (!node->label || !node->refcount)
20775 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash, h);
20780 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
20783 prune_unused_types (void)
20786 limbo_die_node *node;
20787 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
20789 dcall_entry *dcall;
20791 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
20792 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
20793 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die);
20794 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
20795 verify_marks_clear (node->die);
20796 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
20797 verify_marks_clear (ctnode->root_die);
20798 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
20800 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
20801 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
20803 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
20804 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
20805 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
20806 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
20807 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
20809 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode->root_die);
20810 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode->type_die, 1);
20813 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
20814 pubname_table or arange_table. */
20815 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub); i++)
20816 prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1);
20817 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
20818 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
20820 /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */
20821 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, dcall); i++)
20822 prune_unused_types_mark (dcall->targ_die, 1);
20824 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
20825 if (debug_str_hash && debug_str_hash_forced)
20826 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, prune_indirect_string, NULL);
20827 else if (debug_str_hash)
20828 htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
20829 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
20830 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
20831 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
20832 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
20833 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode->root_die);
20835 /* Leave the marks clear. */
20836 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
20837 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
20838 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
20839 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
20840 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode->root_die);
20843 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
20846 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param)
20848 bool *p = (bool *) param;
20849 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
20850 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d->filename))
20858 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
20861 htab_ct_hash (const void *of)
20864 const comdat_type_node *const type_node = (const comdat_type_node *) of;
20866 memcpy (&h, type_node->signature, sizeof (h));
20871 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
20873 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_1 = (const comdat_type_node *) of1;
20874 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_2 = (const comdat_type_node *) of2;
20876 return (! memcmp (type_node_1->signature, type_node_2->signature,
20877 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE));
20880 /* Move a DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
20881 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
20882 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
20883 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
20884 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
20885 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
20888 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die)
20890 unsigned ix = VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
20891 dw_attr_node linkage = *VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
20893 gcc_assert (linkage.dw_attr == DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name);
20897 dw_attr_node *prev = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
20899 if (prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_line || prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_name)
20903 if (ix != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr) - 1)
20905 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
20906 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, &linkage);
20910 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
20911 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
20912 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
20915 resolve_one_addr (rtx *addr, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20919 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
20921 size_t len = strlen (XSTR (rtl, 0)) + 1;
20922 tree t = build_string (len, XSTR (rtl, 0));
20923 tree tlen = build_int_cst (NULL_TREE, len - 1);
20925 = build_array_type (char_type_node, build_index_type (tlen));
20926 rtl = lookup_constant_def (t);
20927 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
20929 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
20930 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
20935 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
20936 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)
20937 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)) == VAR_DECL
20938 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)))
20941 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST
20942 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), resolve_one_addr, NULL))
20948 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
20949 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
20950 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
20953 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
20955 for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
20956 if ((loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
20957 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, NULL))
20958 || (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_implicit_value
20959 && loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class == dw_val_class_addr
20960 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_addr, NULL)))
20965 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
20966 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
20967 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
20968 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
20969 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
20970 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
20973 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die)
20977 dw_loc_list_ref curr;
20980 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
20981 switch (AT_class (a))
20983 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
20984 for (curr = AT_loc_list (a); curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
20985 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (curr->expr))
20988 case dw_val_class_loc:
20989 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a)))
20990 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = NULL;
20992 case dw_val_class_addr:
20993 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_const_value
20994 && resolve_one_addr (&a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr, NULL))
20996 a->dw_attr = DW_AT_location;
20997 a->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
20998 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = NULL;
21005 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, resolve_addr (c));
21008 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
21009 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
21012 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
21014 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
21015 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
21016 htab_t comdat_type_table;
21017 dw_die_ref die = 0;
21020 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
21022 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
21023 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
21024 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, remap_debug_filename (filename));
21025 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename))
21026 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21027 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
21030 htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p);
21032 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21035 for (i = 0; i < VEC_length (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list); i++)
21037 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
21038 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->die,
21039 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->variable,
21043 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
21044 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
21045 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
21046 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
21048 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
21050 next_node = node->next;
21053 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
21055 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
21058 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
21059 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
21061 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
21062 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
21063 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21066 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
21067 nested function can be optimized away, which results
21068 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
21069 with the return type of that nested function. Force
21070 this to be a child of the containing function.
21072 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
21073 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
21074 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
21075 the function is likely unreachable too. */
21076 tree context = NULL_TREE;
21078 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
21080 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
21081 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21082 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
21083 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21085 gcc_assert (context
21086 && (TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL
21087 || TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL));
21089 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
21091 add_child_die (origin, die);
21093 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21098 limbo_die_list = NULL;
21100 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die);
21102 for (node = deferred_asm_name; node; node = node->next)
21104 tree decl = node->created_for;
21105 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
21107 add_AT_string (node->die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
21108 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
21109 move_linkage_attr (node->die);
21113 deferred_asm_name = NULL;
21115 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
21116 emit full debugging info for them. */
21117 retry_incomplete_types ();
21119 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
21120 prune_unused_types ();
21122 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
21123 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
21124 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
21125 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
21127 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
21128 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
21130 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die);
21132 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
21133 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
21135 limbo_die_list = NULL;
21137 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
21138 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
21139 references to the main compile unit). */
21140 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21141 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode->root_die);
21142 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die);
21144 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
21145 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
21146 referenced. Prune them. */
21147 prune_unused_types ();
21150 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
21151 that have children. */
21152 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
21153 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21154 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
21155 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21156 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode->root_die);
21158 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
21159 switch_to_section (text_section);
21160 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
21161 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
21163 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
21164 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
21167 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
21169 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
21170 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
21172 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
21173 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
21178 unsigned fde_idx = 0;
21180 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
21181 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
21182 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
21183 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
21184 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
21185 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx);
21186 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
21188 add_AT_range_list (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_ranges,
21189 add_ranges_by_labels (text_section_label,
21191 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
21192 add_ranges_by_labels (cold_text_section_label,
21195 for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++)
21197 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx];
21199 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
21201 if (!fde->in_std_section)
21202 add_ranges_by_labels (fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
21203 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label);
21204 if (!fde->cold_in_std_section)
21205 add_ranges_by_labels (fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
21206 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label);
21208 else if (!fde->in_std_section)
21209 add_ranges_by_labels (fde->dw_fde_begin,
21216 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
21217 if (have_location_lists)
21219 /* Output the location lists info. */
21220 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
21221 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
21222 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21223 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
21224 output_location_lists (die);
21227 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21228 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
21229 debug_line_section_label);
21231 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21232 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
21234 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
21235 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
21236 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21237 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
21239 comdat_type_table = htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash, htab_ct_eq, NULL);
21240 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21242 void **slot = htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table, ctnode, INSERT);
21244 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
21245 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
21248 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
21249 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
21251 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21252 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode->root_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
21253 debug_line_section_label);
21255 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode);
21258 htab_delete (comdat_type_table);
21260 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
21261 has been emitted. */
21262 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE);
21264 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
21265 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
21266 output_abbrev_section ();
21268 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
21269 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubname_table))
21271 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
21272 output_pubnames (pubname_table);
21275 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
21276 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
21277 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
21278 simply won't look for the section. */
21279 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubtype_table))
21281 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section);
21282 output_pubnames (pubtype_table);
21285 /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */
21286 if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry, dcall_table))
21288 switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section);
21289 output_dcall_table ();
21291 if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry, vcall_table))
21293 switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section);
21294 output_vcall_table ();
21297 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
21298 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
21299 if (fde_table_in_use)
21301 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
21305 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
21306 if (ranges_table_in_use)
21308 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
21309 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
21313 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
21314 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
21315 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
21316 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
21317 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
21318 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
21319 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
21321 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
21322 output_line_info ();
21325 /* Have to end the macro section. */
21326 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21328 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21329 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
21332 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
21334 if (debug_str_hash)
21335 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
21339 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
21340 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
21344 0, /* assembly_start */
21347 0, /* start_source_file */
21348 0, /* end_source_file */
21349 0, /* begin_block */
21351 0, /* ignore_block */
21352 0, /* source_line */
21353 0, /* begin_prologue */
21354 0, /* end_prologue */
21355 0, /* end_epilogue */
21356 0, /* begin_function */
21357 0, /* end_function */
21358 0, /* function_decl */
21359 0, /* global_decl */
21361 0, /* imported_module_or_decl */
21362 0, /* deferred_inline_function */
21363 0, /* outlining_inline_function */
21365 0, /* handle_pch */
21366 0, /* var_location */
21367 0, /* switch_text_section */
21368 0, /* direct_call */
21369 0, /* virtual_call_token */
21370 0, /* copy_call_info */
21371 0, /* virtual_call */
21373 0 /* start_end_main_source_file */
21376 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
21378 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"